Valvula Auma de by Pass PDF

ELECTRIC MULTI-TURN ACTUATORS
for valve automation in the oil & gas industry with high torque requirements
TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTATION 2016
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
AMExC 01.1
ACExC 01.2
Manual
Technical documentation
1st edition 2016
We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made.
Please refer to our website: www.auma.com to access

the individual documents included in this folder.
Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document.
Table of contents
1 Technical data Actuators 5

Multi-turn actuators 6
2 Technical data Actuator controls 17

AMExC Actuator controls 18
ACExC Actuator controls 21
3 Technical data Miscellaneous 75

Output drive types 76
Switches 79
Position transmitter 81
Corrosion protection 83
Painting specifications 89
Lubricants 93
Accessories 98
4 Electrical data Actuators 101

5 Dimensions Actuators/Actuator controls 183

Accessories 186
6 Dimensions Output drive types 193

7 Spare parts lists 207

Actuator controls 210
8 Wiring diagrams 219

Actuators 220
AMExC Actuator controls 225
ACExC Actuator controls 232
1. Technical data
1 Technical data Actuators
Actuators
Multi-turn actuators
for open-close duty

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1 with 3-phase AC motors 6
for modulating duty

SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 with 3-phase AC motors 10
for open-close and modulating duty

SAEx/SAREx, S2-15 min., S4 – 25 % torques for differential voltages 13
SAEx/SAREx, S2-30 min., S4 – 50 % torques for differential voltages 14
SAEx/SAREx, manual force at handwheel at multi-turn actuators 15
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
AUMA NORM
Technical data Multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motors
Type Output speed Torque range1) Run torque2) Number Valve attachment3) Handrad Weight4)
rpm of starts
S2-15 min S2-30 min S2-15 min S2-30 min Standard Option Max. Ø Reduc-
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. EN ISO DIN rising stem tion approx.
50 Hz 60 Hz [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [1/h] 5210 3210 [mm] Ø [mm] ratio [kg]
4 4.8 44 : 1
5.6 6.7 33 : 1
700 350
8 9.6 44 : 1
155
11 13 33 : 1
16 19 44 : 1
SAEx 25.1 630 2,000 1,400 600 300 40 F25 G4 95 400
22 26 33 : 1
32 38 44 : 1
45 54 33 : 1
500 250 165
63 75 44 : 1
90 108 33 : 1
4 4.8 44 : 1
5.6 6.7 33 : 1
1,400 700
8 9.6 44 : 1
195
11 13 33 : 1
16 19 44 : 1
SAEx 30.1 1,250 4,000 2,800 1,200 600 40 F30 G5 115 500
22 26 33 : 1
32 38 44 : 1
900 450
45 54 33 : 1
265
63 75 44 : 1
700 350
90 108 33 : 1
4 4.8 184 : 1
5.6 6.7 132 : 1
2,800 1,400
8 9.6 184 : 1
415
11 13 132 : 1
SAEx 35.1 2,500 8,000 5,700 30 F35 G6 155 400
16 19 184 : 1
2,400 1,200
22 26 132 : 1
32 38 92 : 1
2,000 1,000 430
45 54 66 : 1
4 4.8 180 : 1
5.6 6.7 128 : 1
5,600 2,800
8 9.6 180 : 1
16,000 11,200
SAEx 40.1 11 13 5,000 20 F40 G7 175 500 128 : 1 515
16 19 180 : 1
4,800 2,400
22 26 128 : 1
32 38 14,000 9,800 4,000 2,000 90 : 1
General information
AUMA NORM multi-turn actuators require electric controls. For sizes SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1, AUMA offer AMExC or ACExC actuator controls. These can
also easily be mounted to the actuator at a later date.
Notes on table
1) Torque range The tripping torque is adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE within the indicated torque range.
2) Running torque Maximum permissible torque for 15 min. or 30 min. running time.
3) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive types A and B1.
Refer to dimension sheets for further output drive types.
4) Weight Indicated weight includes AUMA NORM multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor, electrical connection in
standard version, output drive type B1 and handwheel.
Features and functions

Explosion protection Standard: II2G Ex d e IIB T4 or T3 Gb
II2G c IIB T4 or T3
II2D Ex IIIC T130 °C or T190 °C Db
Options: II2G Ex d e ib IIB T4 or T3 Gb
II2G c IIB T4 or T3
EC type test certificate PTB 03 ATEX 1123
TÜV 14 ATEX 7542 X
Betriebsart Standard: Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, class A and class B according to EN 15714-2
Option: Short-time duty S2 - 30 min, class A and class B according to EN 15714-2
For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at run torque load.
We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous documents become invalid with the issue of this document.
Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/4

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
AUMA NORM
Motors 3-ph AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9 according to IEC 60034-7, IC410 cooling procedure according to IEC
60034-6
Mains voltage, mains frequency Standard voltages:
3-phase AC current
Voltages/frequencies
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50
Special voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 220 230 240 525 575 600 660 690
Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50
Further voltages on request

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %
Permissible variation of mains frequency: ±5 %
Overvoltage category Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443
Insulation class Standard: F, tropicalized
Option: H, tropicalized
Motor protection Standard: PTC thermistors (according to DIN 44082)
additionally require a suitable tripping device in the actuator controls.
Option: Thermoswitches (NC)
According to EN 60079-14, a thermal overcurrent protection device (e.g. motor protection
switch) must be installed for explosion-proof actuators in addition to the thermoswitches.
Self-locking Self-locking: Output speeds up to 90 rpm (50Hz) or 108 rpm (60Hz) and from size SA 35.1 for output speeds up
to 22 rpm (50Hz) or 26 (60Hz)
NOT self-locking: SA 35.1 for output speeds from 32 rpm (50Hz) or 38 rpm (60Hz) and size SA 40.1 for output
speed 32 rpm. (50Hz) or 38 (60Hz)
Multi-turn actuators are self-locking, if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque acts
upon the output drive.
Motor heater (option) Voltages: 110 – 120 V AC, 220 – 240 V AC or 380 – 480 V AC
Power depending on the size 12.5 – 25 W
Manual operation Manual drive for setting and emergency operation, handwheel does not rotate during electrical operation
Options: Handwheel lockable
Handwheel stem extension
Power tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm or 50 mm
Electrical connection Controls: Terminal connection
Motor: Terminals within motor connection compartment
Threads for cable entries Standard: Metric threads
Options: PG-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads
Terminal plan TPA00R2AA-101-000 (basic version in combination with PTC thermistors)
TPA00R2AA-101-000 (basic version in combination with thermoswitches)
Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN ISO 5210
Options: A, B2, B3, B4 according to EN ISO 5210
A, B, D, E according to DIN 3210
C according to DIN 3338
Special valve attachments: AF, B3D, ED, DD, IB1, IB3
A prepared for permanent lubrication of stem
Electromechanical control unit
Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/4

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
AUMA NORM
Limit switching Counter gear mechanism for end positions OPEN and CLOSED
Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 (standard) or 2 to 5,000 (option)
Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) silver contact (Ag) for each end position, not galvanically
isolated
Options: Tandem switches (2 NC and 2 NO) for each end position, switches galvanically isolated
Triple switches (3 NC and 3 NO) for each end position, switches galvanically isolated
Intermediate position switch (DUO limit switching), adjustable for each direction of operation
Gold plated contacts (Au), recommended for low voltage actuator controls
Torque switching Torque switching adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE
Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) silver contact (Ag) for each direction, not galvanically isolated
Options: Tandem switches (2 NC and 2 NO) for each direction, switches galvanically isolated
Position feedback signal, analogue Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (electronic position transmitter)
(options)
Mechanical position indicator Continuous indication, adjustable indicator disc with symbols OPEN and CLOSED
(option)
Running indication (option) Blinker transmitter
Heater in switch compartment Standard: Resistance type heater, 6 W, 220 – 240 V AC/DC
Options: 24 V AC/DC, 48 V AC/DC or 110 – 120 V AC/DC
A resistance type heater of 5 W, 24 V AC is installed in the actuator in combination with AMExC or ACExC
actuator controls.
Service conditions
Use Indoor and outdoor use permissible
Mounting position Any position
Installation altitude ≤ 2,000 m above sea level
> 2,000 m above sea level on request
Ambient temperature Standard: –30 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
Options: –40 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
–50 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
–60 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
Humidity Up to 100 % relative humidity across the entire permissible temperature range
Enclosure protection according to Standard: IP68 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor
EN 60529
According to AUMA definition, enclosure protection IP68 meets the following requirements:
 Depth of water: maximum 8 m head of water
 Duration of continuous immersion in water: Max. 96 hours
 Up to 10 operations during continuous immersion
Pollution degree according to IEC Pollution degree 4 (when closed), pollution degree 2 (internal)
60664-1
Vibration resistance according to 2 g, 10 to 200 Hz (AUMA NORM actuator), 1g, 10 to 200 Hz (for actuators with AMExC or ACExC integral
IEC 60068-2-6 controls)
Resistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not be derived
from this. Valid for multi-turn actuators in version AUMA NORM (with AUMA plug/socket connector, without
actuator controls). Not valid in combination with gearboxes.
Corrosion protection Standard: KS Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and high
pollution.
Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and high
pollution.
KX-G Same as KX, however aluminium-free version (outer parts)
Top coat Double layer powder coating
Two-component iron-mica combination
Colour Standard: AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037)
Option: Available colours on request
Lifetime AUMA multi-turn actuators meet or exceed the lifetime requirements of EN 15714-2. Detailed information can
be provided on request.
Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 3/4

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
AUMA NORM
Further information
EU Directives ATEX Directive: (94/9/EC)
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC): (2004/108/EC)
Low Voltage Directive: (2006/95/EC)
Machinery Directive: (98/37/EC)
Reference documents Brochure Electric actuators for the automation of valves in the oil and gas industry
Dimensions SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Electrical data SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
Technical data for switches
Technical data Electronic position transmitter/potentiometer
Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 4/4

AUMA NORM
Technical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors
Type Output speed Torque range1) Modulating Number Pulse Backlash4) Valve attachment5) Handwheel Weight6)
rpm torque2) of starts dura-
tion3)
S4-25% S4-50% S4-25% S4-50%
S5-25% Standard Option Max. Ø Reduc-
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. EN ISO DIN rising stem Ø tion approx.
50 Hz 60 Hz [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [1/h] [ms] [ms] 5210 3210 [mm] [mm] ratio [kg]
4 4.8 275 45 : 1
SAREx 5.6 6.7 220 32 : 1
1,000 2,000 1,400 800 400 300 100 F25 G4 95 160 155
25.1 8 9.6 155 45 : 1
11 13 130 32 : 1
4 4.8 275 44: 1
1,600 800
SAREx 5.6 6.7 220 33: 1
2,000 4,000 2,800 300 100 F30 G5 115 160 195
30.1 8 9.6 155 44: 1
1,400 700
11 13 130 33: 1
General information
AUMA NORM multi-turn actuators require electric controls. For sizes SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1, AUMA offer AMExC or ACExC actuator controls. These
can also easily be mounted to the actuator at a later date.
Notes on table
1) Torque range The tripping torque is adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE within the indicated torque range.
2) Modulating torque Maximum permissible torque for modulating duty
3) Pulse duration Minimum pulse duration for identical direction of rotation
4) Backlash Minimum pulse duration for reversal of rotation direction
3) Valve attachment Indicated flange sizes apply for output drive types A and B1.
Refer to dimension sheets for further output drive types.
6) Weight AUMA NORM multi-turn actuator with 3-phase AC motor, electrical connection in standard version, output drive
type B1 and handwheel.

Explosion protection Standard: II2G Ex d e IIB T4 or T3 Gb
II2G c IIB T4 or T3
II2D Ex IIIC T130 °C or T190 °C Db
Options: II2G Ex d e ib IIB T4 or T3 Gb
II2G c IIB T4 or T3
TÜV 14 ATEX 7542 X
Type of duty Standard: Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %, class C according to EN 15714-2
Option: Intermittent duty S4 - 50 %, class C according to EN 15714-2
For nominal voltage and +40 °C ambient temperature and at modulating torque load.
Motors 3-ph AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9 according to IEC 60034-7, IC410 cooling procedure according to IEC
60034-6
Mains voltage, mains frequency Standard voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50
Special voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 220 230 240 525 575 600 660 690
Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50
Further voltages on request

Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/3

AUMA NORM
Insulation class Standard: F, tropicalized

Option: H, tropicalized
Motor protection Standard: PTC thermistors (according to DIN 44082)
additionally require a suitable tripping device in the controls.
Self-locking Yes, multi-turn actuators are self-locking, if the valve position cannot be changed from standstill while torque
acts upon the output drive.
Motor heater (option) Voltages: 110 – 120 V AC, 220 – 240 V AC or 380 – 480 V AC
Power depending on the size 12.5 – 25 W
Manual operation Manual drive for setting and emergency operation, handwheel does not rotate during electrical operation.
Options: Handwheel lockable
Handwheel stem extension
Power tool for emergency operation with square 30 mm or 50 mm
Electrical connection Controls: Terminal connection
Motor: Terminals within motor connection compartment
Terminal plan TPA00R2AA-001-000 (basic version)
Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN ISO 5210
Options: A, B2, B3, B4 according to EN ISO 5210
A, B, D, E according to DIN 3210
C according to DIN 3338
Special valve attachments: AF, B3D, ED, DD, IB1, IB3
A prepared for permanent lubrication of stem
Electromechanical control unit

Limit switching Counter gear mechanism for end positions OPEN and CLOSED
Turns per stroke: 2 to 500 (standard) or 2 to 5,000 (option)
Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) silver contact (Ag) for each end position, not galvanically
isolated
Triple switches (3 NC and 3 NO) for each end position, switches galvanically isolated
Intermediate position switch (DUO limit switching), adjustable for each direction of operation
Torque switching Torque switching adjustable for directions OPEN and CLOSE
Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) silver contact (Ag) for each direction, not galvanically isolated
Options: Tandem switches (2 NC and 2 NO) for each direction, switches galvanically isolated
Position feedback signal, analogue Potentiometer or 0/4 – 20 mA (electronic position transmitter)
(options)
Mechanical position indicator Continuous indication, adjustable indicator disc with symbols OPEN and CLOSED
(option)
Running indication (option) Blinker transmitter
Heater in switch compartment Standard: Resistance type heater, 6 W, 220 – 240 V AC/DC
Options: 24 V AC/DC, 48 V AC/DC or 110 – 120 V AC/DC
A resistance type heater of 5 W, 24 V AC is installed in the actuator in combination with AMExC or ACExC actua-
tor controls.
Service conditions
Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/3

AUMA NORM
Ambient temperature Standard: -30 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C

Options: –40 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
–50 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
–60 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
Enclosure protection according to Standard: IP68 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor
EN 60529
60664-1
Vibration resistance according to 2 g, 10 to 200 Hz (AUMA NORM actuator), 1g, 10 to 200 Hz (for actuators with AMExC or ACExC integral
IEC 60068-2-6 controls)
Resistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not be derived
from this. Valid for multi-turn actuators in version AUMA NORM (with AUMA plug/socket connector, without
actuator controls). Not valid in combination with gearboxes.
pollution.
Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and high
pollution.
Lifetime AUMA multi-turn actuators meet or exceed the lifetime requirements of EN 15714-2. Detailed information can
be provided on request.
Further information
Dimensions SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Electrical data SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Technical data for switches
Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 3/3

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1
Technical data Torques at different voltages
Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, intermittent duty S4 - 25 %
Type Output Motor Tripping torque Torque at stall torque1) of the motor
speed adjustable (without considering inertia)
at nominal voltage, overvoltage and undervoltage (... % UN)
50 Hz 60 Hz Power Speed at Min. Max.
[rpm] [rpm] [kW] 50 Hz [rpm] Size [Nm] [Nm] 100 % 105 % 110 % 95 % 90 % 85 % 80 % 75 %
4 4.8 2,804 3,092 3,393 2,531 2,272 2,026 1,795 1,577
1.1 700 90
5.6 6.7 2,467 2,719 2,985 2,226 1,998 1,782 1,579 1,387
8 9.6 3,856 4,251 4,665 3,480 3,123 2,786 2,468 2,169
3.0 1,400 90
11 13 3,264 3 599 3,949 2 946 2,644 2,358 2,089 1,836
16 19 4,140 4 564 5,009 3,736 3,353 2,991 2,650 2,329
SA 25.1 4.0 2 800 90 630 2,000
22 26 3,456 3,810 4,182 3,119 2,799 2,497 2,212 1,944
32 38 3 960 4 366 4 792 3 574 3 208 2 861 2,534 2,228
7.5 1,400 132
45 54 3,277 3,613 3,965 2,957 2,654 2,367 2,097 1,843
63 75 4 115 4 537 4,979 3,714 3,333 2,973 2,634 2,315
15 2 800 132
90 108 3 323 3,664 4,021 2,999 2,692 2,401 2,127 1,869
4 4.8 7,603 8,383 9,200 6,862 6,159 5,493 4,866 4,277
2.2 700 112
5.6 6.7 6,843 7,544 8,280 6,176 5,543 4,944 4,379 3,849
8 9.6 5,808 6 403 7,028 5,242 4,705 4,196 3,717 3,267
5.5 1,400 112
11 13 5,049 5,567 6,109 4,557 4,090 3,648 3,231 2,840
16 19 6,336 6,985 7,667 5,718 5,132 4,578 4,055 3,564
SA 30.1 7.5 2 800 112 1 250 4,000
22 26 5,445 6,003 6,588 4,914 4,410 3,934 3,485 3,063
32 38 7,022 7,742 8,497 6,338 5,688 5,074 4,494 3,950
15 1,400 160
45 54 6,006 6,622 7,267 5,420 4,865 4,339 3,844 3,378
63 75 7,515 8,286 9,093 6,782 6,087 5,430 4,810 4,227
30 2,800 160
90 108 6,283 6,927 7,603 5,671 5,089 4,540 4,021 3,534
4 4.8 13,956 15,387 16,887 12,595 11,305 10,083 8,932 7,850
4.0 700 132
5.6 6.7 11,966 13,192 14,479 10,799 9,692 8,645 7,658 6,731
8 9.6 13,248 14,606 16,030 11,956 10,731 9,572 8,479 7,452
7.5 1,400 132
11 13 11,194 12,341 13,544 10,102 9,067 8,087 7,164 6,296
SA 35.1 2,500 8,000
16 19 13,975 15,407 16,910 12,612 11,320 10,097 8,944 7,861
15 2,800 132
22 26 11,662 12,858 14,111 10,525 9,466 8,426 7,464 6,560
32 38 12,549 13,835 15,184 11,325 10,165 9,067 8,031 7,059
20 2,800 160
45 54 9,874 10,886 11,947 8,911 7,998 7,134 6,319 5,554
4 4.8 26,460 29,172 32,017 23,880 21,433 19,117 16,934 14,884
7.5 700 160
5.6 6.7 22,400 24,696 27,104 20,216 18,144 16,184 14,336 12,600
8 9.6 23,184 25,560 28,053 20,924 18,779 16,750 14,838 13,041
15 1,400 160 16 000
SA 40.1 11 13 5,000 19,354 21,337 23,418 17,467 15,676 19,983 12,386 10,887
16 19 25,200 27,783 30,492 22,743 20,412 18,207 16,128 14,175
30 2 800 160
22 26 20,787 22,918 25,153 18,760 16,838 15,019 13,304 11,693
32 38 30 2 800 160 14,000 15,876 17,503 19,210 14,328 12,860 11,470 10,161 8,930
4 4.8 47,520 52,391 57,499 42,887 38,491 34,333 30,413 26,730
15 700 180
5.6 6.7 41,184 45,405 49,833 37,169 33,359 29,755 26,358 23,166
SA 48.1 8 9.6 10,000 32,000 55,296 60,964 66,908 49,905 44,790 39,951 35,389 31,104
30 1,400 180
11 13 47,309 52,158 57,244 42,696 38,320 34,181 30,278 26,611
16 19 45 2,800 180 38,376 42,310 46,435 34,634 42,310 46,435 34,634 31,085
Notes on table
1) Stall torque Stall torque indications are calculated nominal values. In practical applications, they might differ due to gear and
motor tolerances.
Y004.367/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1
Technical data Torques at different voltages
Short-time duty S2 - 30 min, intermittent duty S4 - 50 %
Type Output Motor Tripping torque Torque at stall torque1) of the motor
speed adjustable (without considering inertia)
at nominal voltage, overvoltage and undervoltage (... % UN)
50 Hz 60 Hz Power Speed at Min. Max.
[rpm] [rpm] [kW] 50 Hz [rpm] Size [Nm] [Nm] 100 % 105 % 110 % 95 % 90 % 85 % 80 % 75 %
4 4.8 2,350 2,591 2,844 2,121 1,904 1,698 1,504 1,322
0.75 700 90
5.6 6.7 2,067 2,279 2,501 1,865 1,674 1,493 1,323 1,163
8 9.6 3,231 3,562 3,910 2,916 2,617 2,334 2,068 1,817
2.2 1,400 90
11 13 2,735 3,016 3,310 2,469 2,216 1,976 1,751 1,539
16 19 3,469 3,825 4,198 3,131 2,810 2,507 2,220 1,951
SA 25.1 3.0 2,800 90 630 1,400
22 26 2,896 3,193 3,504 2,614 2,346 2,092 1,854 1,629
32 38 3,318 3,659 4,015 2,995 2,688 2,398 2,124 1,867
5.5 1,400 132
45 54 2,746 3,027 3,323 2,478 2,224 1,984 1,757 1,545
63 75 3,449 3,802 4,173 3,112 2,793 2,492 2,207 1,940
11 2,800 132
90 108 2,785 3,070 3,370 2,513 2,256 2,012 1,782 1,566
4 4.8 5,280 5,821 6,389 4,765 4,277 3,815 3,379 2,970
1.5 700 112
5.6 6.7 4,752 5,239 5,750 4,289 3,849 3,433 3,041 2,673
8 9.6 4,867 5,366 5,889 4,393 3,942 3,516 3,115 2,738
4.0 1,400 112
11 13 4,231 4,665 5,120 3,819 3,427 3,057 2,708 2,380
16 19 5,310 5,854 6,425 4,792 4,301 3,836 3,398 2,987
SA 30.1 5.5 2,800 112 1,250 2,800
22 26 4,563 5,031 5,521 4,118 3,696 3,297 2,920 2,567
32 38 5,885 6,488 7,121 5,311 4,767 4,252 3,766 3,310
11 1,400 160
45 54 5,033 5,549 6,090 4,542 4,077 3,636 3,221 2,831
63 75 6,298 6,943 7,620 5,684 5,101 4,550 4,031 3,542
22 2,800 160
90 108 5,265 5,805 6,371 4,752 4,265 3,804 3,370 2,962
4 4.8 11,695 12,894 14,152 10,555 9,473 8,450 7,485 6,579
3.0 700 132
5.6 6.7 10,027 11,055 12,133 9,050 8,122 7,245 6,417 5,640
8 9.6 11,102 12,240 13,433 10,019 8,992 8,021 7,105 6,245
5.5 1,400 132
11 13 9,380 10,342 11,350 8,466 7,598 6,777 6,003 5,276
5,700
SA 35.1 16 19 2,500 11,711 12,911 14,170 10,569 9,486 8,461 7,495 6,587
11 2,800 132
22 26 9,773 10,775 11,825 8,820 7,916 7,061 6,255 5,497
32 38 10,516 11,594 12,724 9,491 8,518 7,598 6,730 5,915
22 2,800 160
45 54 8,274 9,122 10,012 7,467 6,702 5,978 5,295 4,654
90 108 22 2,800 160 3,800 5,739 6,327 6,944 5,179 4,648 4,146 3,673 3,228
4 4.8 22,173 24,446 26,830 20,012 17,961 16,020 14,191 12,473
5.5 700 160
5.6 6.7 18,771 20,695 22,713 16,941 15,205 13,562 12,014 10,559
8 9.6 19,428 21,420 23,508 17,534 15,737 14,037 12,434 10,928
11 1,400 160 1,200
SA 40.1 11 13 5,000 16,218 17,881 19,624 14,637 13,137 11,718 10,380 9,123
16 19 21,118 23,282 25,552 19,059 17,105 15,257 13,515 11,879
22 2,800 160
22 26 17,420 19,205 21,078 15,721 14,110 12,586 11,149 9,799
32 38 22 2,800 160 9,800 13,304 14,668 16,098 12,007 10,776 9,612 8,515 7,484
4 4.8 39,822 43,903 48,184 35,939 32,256 28,771 25,486 22,400
11 700 180
5.6 6.7 34,512 38,050 41,760 31,147 27,955 24,935 22,088 19,413
SA 48.1 8 9.6 10,000 22,400 46,338 51,088 56,069 41,820 37,534 33,479 29,656 26,065
22 1,400 180
11 13 39,645 43,708 47,970 35,779 32,112 28,643 25,373 22,300
16 19 30 2,800 180 39,218 43,238 47,454 35,395 31,767 28,335 25,100 22,060
Notes on table
1) Stall torque Stall torque indications are calculated nominal values. In practical applications, they might differ due to gear and
motor tolerances.
Y004.568/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

SA 25.1 – 48.1, SAR 25.1 – 30.1, SAEx 25.1 – 40.1, SAREx 25.1 – 30.1
AUMA NORM
Technical data Manual force at handwheel at multi-turn actuators
Type Output Torque Permissible Hand- Hand-

speed Input torque at input torque wheel Standard wheel Option
handwheel2) at handwheel standard required option required
Max. Reduct. approx. Max. Ø manual force3) Ø manual force3)
50 Hz [Nm] ratio Factor1) [Nm] [Nm] [mm] approx. [N] [mm] approx. [N]
4; 8; 16; 32; 63 45 : 1 18 111 556 444
SA 25.1 2,000 600 400 500
5.6; 11; 22; 45; 90 32 : 1 13 156 781 625
4; 8; 16; 32; 63 44 : 1 18 227 909 722
SA 30.1 4,000 600 500 630
5.6; 11; 22; 45; 90 33 : 1 13 303 1 212 962
4; 8; 16 184 : 1 74 109 543 435
5.6; 11; 22 132 : 1 53 152 758 606
SA 35.1 8,000 600 400 500
32 92 : 1 55 145 725 580
45 66 : 1 40 202 1 010 808
4; 8; 16 180 : 1 72 222 889 705
16,000
SA 40.1 5.6; 11; 22 128 : 1 51 313 600 500 1 250 630 992
32 14,000 90 : 1 54 259 1 037 823
4; 8; 16 180 : 1 72 444 1 411 1 111
SA 48.1 32,000 800 630 800
5.6; 11 132 : 1 53 606 1 924 1 515
Notes on table
1) Factor Ratio of output torque to handwheel input torque, f = Toutput/Tmanual
2) Handwheel input torque For maximum output torque
3) Required manual force Required manual force at handwheel (rim pull) at max. output torque. The actually required manual force
depends on the required output torque and the operating conditions.
Y006.677/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

2 Technical data Actuator controls
AMExC Actuator controls

AMExC 01.1 18
Actuator controls
2. Technical data
ACExC Actuator controls
ACExC 01.2 21
ACExC 01.2 Profibus DP 26
ACExC 01.2 Modbus RTU 32
ACExC 01.2 Modbus TCP/IP 38
ACExC 01.2 Foundation Fieldbus 44
ACExC 01.2 HART 51
ACExC 01.2 SIL 58

ACExC 01.2 Profibus DP SIL 63
ACExC 01.2 Modbus RTU SIL 68
AMExC 01.1
Technical data Actuator controls
General information
AMExC 01.1 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SAEx/SAREx .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQEx/SQREx .2 type
range.

Explosion protection Standard: II2G Ex de IIC T4 or T3 Gb
II2D Ex tb IIIC T130 °C or T190 °C Db IP6x
Option: II2G Ex d IIC T4 or T3 Gb
EC type test certificate In combination with DEKRA 11ATEX0008 X
SAEx:
In combination with DEKRA 13ATEX00016 X
SQEx:
Power supply Standard voltages AC:
3-phase AC current 1-phase AC current
Voltages/frequencies Voltages/frequencies
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50
Special voltages AC:

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

Permissible variation of mains voltage: > ±10 % on request
Special voltages DC: (on request)
DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220
Permissible voltage deviation: (on request)

External supply of the electronics 24 V DC: +20 %/–15 %,
(option) Current consumption: Basic version approx. 250 mA, with options up to 500 mA
External power supply must have reinforced insulation against mains voltage in accordance with IEC 61010-1
and may only be supplied by a circuit limited to 150 VA in accordance with IEC 61010-1.
Current consumption Current consumption of controls depending on mains voltage:
For permissible variation of mains voltage of ±10 %:
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 575 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 275 mA
 380 to 690 V AC = max. 160 mA
Current consumption for mains voltage variation: > ±10 % on request
Rated power Actuator controls are designed for rated motor power (refer to Electrical data Multi-turn/Part-turn actuators)
Switchgear Standard: Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power classes A1/A2
Options: Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power classes A1/A2
with additional contacts, 1 NC + 1 NO each
Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power class A3
Thyristor unit for mains voltage up to 500 V AC (recommended for modulating actuators) for
AUMA power classes B1, B2 and B3
Reversing contactors are designed for a lifetime of 2 million starts. For applications requiring a high number of
starts, we recommend the use of thyristor units.
For the assignment of AUMA power classes, please refer to Electrical data Multi-turn/Part-turn actuators.
Control inputs 3 digital inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE (via opto-isolator with one common), respect minimum pulse duration for
modulating actuators
Control voltage/current consumption Standard: 24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per input
for control inputs
Option: 115 V AC, current consumption: approx. 15 mA per input
Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/3

AMExC 01.1
Status signals Standard: 5 output contacts with gold-plated contacts:

(output signals)  4 NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A
(resistive load),
Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE,
selector switch LOCAL
 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load) for collective
fault signal: Torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped
Option: 5 output contacts with gold-plated contacts and integrated running indication(blinking) for
directions OPEN and CLOSE in combination with blinker transmitter
 4 NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A
(resistive load),
Default configuration: End position and running indication CLOSED, end position OPEN,
selector switch REMOTE, selector switch LOCAL
 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 0.5 A (resistive load) for collective
fault signal: Torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped
Voltage output Standard: Auxiliary voltage 24 V DC: max. 50 mA for supply of control inputs, galvanically isolated from
internal voltage supply.
Option: Auxiliary voltage 115 V AC: max. 30 mA for supply of control inputs, galvanically isolated from
internal voltage supply
Local controls Standard:  Selector switch: LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE (lockable in all three positions)
 Push buttons: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE
 3 indication lights: End position CLOSED (yellow), collective fault signal (red), end position
OPEN (green)
Option:  Protection cover: lockable
Application functions Standard:  Selectable type of seating, limit or torque seating for end position OPEN and end position
CLOSED
 Overload protection against excessive torques across the whole travel
 Excessive torque (torque fault) can be excluded from collective fault signal.
 Phase failure monitoring with automatic phase correction
 Push-to-run operation or self-retaining in REMOTE
 Push-to-run operation or self-retaining in LOCAL
 Blinker signal from actuator (option) for running indication via indication lights of local
controls can be activated/deactivated.
Option:  Positioner for Split Range operation (requires position transmitter in actuator)
Motor protection evaluation Standard:  Monitoring the motor temperature in combination with thermoswitches within actuator
motor
Options:  Additional thermal overload relay in controls combined with thermoswitches within actua-
tor
 PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistors within actuator motor
Electrical connection Standard: Ex plug/socket connector with screw-type terminals (KP)
Options:  Ex plug/socket connector with terminal blocks (KES), increased safety Ex e
 Ex plug/socket connector with terminal blocks (KES), flameproof enclosure Ex d
Wiring diagram (basic version) MSPE310KC3--FF8EC TPA00R2AA-101-000
Further options for version with electronic position transmitter in actuator

Position feedback signal (option) Analogue output E2 = 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)
Wiring diagram (basic version) MSPE310KC3--FF8EC TPA00R2AA-1E1-000
Service conditions
Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/3

AMExC 01.1

Options: –60 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C, extreme low temperature version
Low temperature versions incl. heating system for connection to external power supply 230 V
AC or 115 V AC.
Enclosure protection according to Standard: IP68 with AUMA 3-phase AC motor/1-phase AC motor
EN 60529 For special motors, differing enclosure protection is possible
Option: DS Terminal compartment additionally sealed against interior (double sealed)
 Modulating duty is not possible during continuous immersion.
60664-1
Vibration resistance 1 g, from 10 Hz to 200 Hz
according to IEC 60068-2-6 Resistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant.
However, a fatigue strength may not be derived from this. (Not valid in combination with gearboxes)
pollution.
Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and
high pollution.
Zubehör
Wall bracket For AMExC mounting separately from the actuator, including plug/socket connector, connecting cable on
request
Recommended for high ambient temperatures, difficult access, or heavy vibration during service.
Cable length between actuator and AMExC max. 100 m (Not suitable for version with potentiometer in the
actuator). Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronic position transmitter.
Further information
Weight approx. 12 kg (including Ex-plug/socket connector with screw-type terminals)
EU Directives ATEX Directive 94/9/EC
Dimensions Multi-turn actuators with integral controls AUMA MATIC
Dimensions Part-turn actuators with integral controls AUMA MATIC
Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/3

ACExC 01.2
General information
ACExC 01.2 actuator controls for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SAEx/SAREx .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQEx/SQREx .2 type
range.

EC type test certificate In combination with SAEx: DEKRA 11ATEX0008 X
In combination with SQEx: DEKRA 13ATEX00016 X
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±30 % (option)
DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Switchgear Standard: Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for
AUMA power classes A1/A2
Options: Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for AUMA power class A3
The reversing contactors are designed for a lifetime of 2 million starts. For applications requiring a high number
of starts, we recommend the use of thyristor units.
Control inputs 6 digital inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY (via opto-isolator, OPEN, STOP, CLOSE with one common and
EMERGENCY without common, respect minimum pulse duration for modulating actuators.
Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/5

ACExC 01.2
for control inputs
Options: 48 V DC, current consumption: approx. 7 mA per input
60 V DC, current consumption: approx. 9 mA per input
100 – 120 V AC, current consumption : approx. 15 mA per input
All input signals must be supplied with the same potential.
Status signals Standard:  6 programmable output contacts:
(output signals) - 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)
Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch
REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN
- 1 potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor protec-
tion tripped)
 Analogue output signal for position feedback
- Galvanically isolated position feedback 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)
Options:  6 programmable output contacts:
- 5 change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1
potential-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
 12 programmable output contacts:
- 10 potential-free NO contacts, 5 with one common each, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive
load), 2 potential-free change-over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
- 6 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, per contact max. 250 V
AC, 5 A (resistive load)
- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC,
1 A (resistive load), 1 potential-free NO contact, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1
- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 2
potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load),
potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 2 potential-free change-
over contacts, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load),
All output signals must be supplied with the same potential.
(Not possible in combination with PTC tripping device)
Analogue output Option: 2 analogue outputs:
With position transmitter option: Output of travel, torque or output speed as continuous values
between 0/4 and 20 mA
Analogue input Option: 2 analogue inputs:
With positioner/process controller option: Input of actual position value/actual process value as
continuous values between 0/4 and 20 mA
Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/5

ACExC 01.2
 Push buttons: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET
- Local STOP
The actuator can be stopped via push button STOP of local controls if the selector
switch is in position REMOTE. (Not activated when leaving the factory)
 6 indication lights:
- End position and running indication CLOSED (yellow), torque fault CLOSE (red), motor
protection tripped (red), torque fault OPEN (red), end position and running indication
OPEN (green), Bluetooth (blue)
 Graphic LC display: illuminated
Option:  Special colours for the indication lights:
- End position CLOSED (green), torque fault CLOSE (blue), torque fault OPEN (yellow),
motor protection tripped (violet), end position OPEN (red)
Bluetooth communication interface Bluetooth class II chip, version 2.1: with a range up to 10 m in industrial environments, supports the SPP Blue-
tooth profile (Serial Port Profile).
Required accessories: AUMA CDT (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Windows-based PC)
CLOSED
 Torque by-pass: Adjustable duration (with adjustable peak torque during start-up time)
 Start and end of stepping mode as well as ON and OFF times: can be set individually for
directions OPEN and CLOSE, 1 to 1,800 seconds
 Any 8 intermediate positions: can be set between 0 and 100 %, reaction and signal behav-
iour programmable
 Running indication blinking: can be set
Options:  Positioner:
- Position setpoint via analogue inputs 0/4 – 20 mA
- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal
- Automatic adaptation of dead band (adaptive behaviour selectable)
- Split range operation
- MODE input for selecting between open-close and setpoint control
 PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, via 0/4 – 20 mA inputs for process setpoint
and actual process value
 Multiport valve: up to 12 positions, signals (pulse or edge)
 Automatic deblocking: up to 5 operation trials, travel time in opposite direction can be set
Safety functions Standard:  EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)
- Digital input: Low active
- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position OPEN,
run to intermediate position
- Torque monitoring can be by-passed during EMERGENCY operation
- Thermal protection can be by-passed during EMERGENCY operation (only in combina-
tion with thermoswitch within actuator, not with PTC thermistor).
Options:  Enabling local controls via digital input Enable LOCAL: Thus, actuator operation can be
enabled or disabled via push buttons on the local controls.
 Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSE via two
digital inputs
 EMERGENCY Stop push button (latching): interrupts electrical operation, irrespective of the
selector switch position.
 PVST (Partial Valve Stroke Test): programmable to check the function of both actuator and
actuator controls: Direction, stroke, operation time, reversing time
Monitoring function  Valve overload protection: adjustable, results in switching off and generates fault signal
 Motor temperature monitoring (thermal monitoring): results in switching off and generates fault indication
 Monitoring the heater within actuator: generates warning signal
 Monitoring of permissible on-time and number of starts: adjustable, generates warning signal
 Operation time monitoring: adjustable, generates warning signal
 Phase failure monitoring: results in switching off and generates fault signal
 Automatic correction of rotation direction upon wrong phase sequence (3-ph AC current)
Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/5

ACExC 01.2
Diagnostic function  Electronic device ID with order and product data

 Logging of operating data: A resettable counter and a lifetime counter each for:
- Motor running time, number of starts, torque switch trippings in end position CLOSED, limit switch
trippings in end position CLOSED, torque switch trippings in end position OPEN, limit switch trippings in
end position OPEN, torque faults CLOSE, torque faults OPEN, motor protection trippings
 Time-stamped event report with history for setting, operation and faults:
- Status signals according to NAMUR recommendation NE 107: "Failure", "Function check", "Out of
specification", "Maintenance required"
 Torque characteristics (for version with MWG in actuator):
- 3 torque characteristics (torque-travel characteristic) for opening and closing directions can be saved
separately.
- Torque characteristics stored can be shown on the display.
motor
Options:  Thermal overload relay in controls combined with thermoswitches within actuator
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000
Further options for version with MWG in actuator

Setting of limit and torque switching via local controls
Torque feedback signal Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Service conditions
AC or 115 V AC.
60664-1
Corrosion protection Standard: KS Suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation, and
high pollution.
high pollution.
Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/5

ACExC 01.2

Accessories
Wall bracket For ACExC 01.2 mounting separately from the actuator, including plug/socket connector, connecting cable on
request
Cable length between actuator and ACExC 01.2 max. 100 m (not suitable for version with potentiometer in the
actuator). Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronic position transmitter.
(Cable length for non-intrusive version with MWG in the actuator max. 100 m requires separate data cable for
MWG.)
Programming software AUMA CDT (Commissioning and Diagnostic Tool for Windows-based PC)
Further information
Weight Approx. 12 kg (including Ex-plug/socket connector with screw-type terminals)
Dimensions Multi-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controls
Dimensions Part-turn actuators with AUMATIC integral controls
Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/5

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
General information
range with Profibus DP interface.

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Control and feedback signals Via Profibus DP interface
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/6

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
Fieldbus interface with additional input  2 free analogue inputs (0/4 – 20 mA), 4 free digital inputs
signals (options) - Signal transmission is made via fieldbus interface
 Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY, I/O interface, MODE (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN, STOP, CLOSE,
MODE with one common and EMERGENCY, I/O interface respectively without common)
- Control inputs: OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY
- I/O interface: Selection of control type (fieldbus or additional input signals)
- MODE: Selection between open-close duty (OPEN, STOP, CLOSE) or modulating duty (0/4 – 20 mA
position setpoint)
- Additionally 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA for position setpoint)
position setpoint)
- Additionally 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA) for setpoint position and 1 analogue input (0/4 – 20 mA)
for actual process value
Control voltage and current consump- Standard: 24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per input
tion of optional, digital additional
inputs
Status signals Via Profibus DP interface
Fieldbus interface with additional out- Additional, binary output signals (only available in combination with additional input signals (option))
put signals (options)  6 programmable output contacts:
- 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)
Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault
CLOSE, torque fault OPEN
Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped)
- 5 potential-free change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)
- 6 potential-free change-over contacts without one common, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load),
1 potential-free NO contact, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1 potential-free change-over contact,
max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load)
- 4 mains failure proof potential-free NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 2 potential-free
NO contacts, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load),
All binary output signals must be supplied with the same potential.
Profibus DP-V1 (option) Access to parameters, the electronic name plate and the operating and diagnostic data with acyclic write/read
services
Profibus DP-V2 (option) Redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212 (Primary and Backup with RedCom)
Synchronisation of time between ACExC 01.2 and Profibus master with subsequent time stamp of the most
important events such as faults, end position and torque signals from the ACExC 01.2
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/6

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
Redundancy (option) Requires Profibus DP-V2 (option)

Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or II
Redundant line topology and redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212 (Pri-
mary and Backup with RedCom)
FO cable connection (option)  Connector types: ST or SC connector
 FO cables
- Multi-mode: 62,5(50)/125 μm, range approx. 2.5 km (max. 2.0 dB/km)
- Single-mode: 9/125 μm, range approx. 15 km (max. 0.4 dB/km)
 Topologies: Line, star and redundant loop (with single-channel Profibus interface)
 Baud rate: up to 1.5 Mbit/s
 Optical budget:
- Multi-mode: 13 dB
- Single-mode: 17 dB
 Wave length: 1,310 nm
 FO coupler by EKS required at DCS, reference addresses: AUMA or www.eks-engel.com
- Local STOP
switch is in position REMOTE (Not activated when leaving the factory).
- End positions and running indication CLOSED (yellow), torque fault CLOSE (red), motor
CLOSED
 Any 8 intermediate positions between 0 and 100 %, reaction and signal behaviour pro-
grammable
 Positioner:
- Position setpoint via fieldbus interface
- Change-over between OPEN-CLOSE control and setpoint control via fieldbus
Options:  PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue inputs and Profi-
bus for process setpoint and actual process value
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/6

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
Safety functions  EMERGENCY operation (programmable behaviour)

- Via additional input (option, low active) or via fieldbus interface
- Reaction can be selected: Stop, run to end position CLOSED, run to end position OPEN, run to interme-
diate position
- Thermal protection can be by-passed during EMERGENCY operation (only in combination with ther-
moswitch within actuator, not with PTC thermistor).
 Release of local controls via fieldbus interface: Thus, actuator operation can be enabled or disabled via push
buttons on the local controls.
 Local STOP
- The actuator can be stopped via push button STOP of local controls if the selector switch is in position
REMOTE (Not activated when leaving the factory).
 Interlock for main/by-pass valve: Enabling the operation commands OPEN or CLOSE via two digital inputs
 EMERGENCY Stop push button (latching): interrupts electrical operation, irrespective of the selector switch
position.
 PVST (Partial Valve Stroke Test): programmable to check the function of both actuator and actuator controls:
Direction, stroke, operation time, reversing time
separately.
motor
Overvoltage protection (option) Protection of the actuator and control electronics against overvoltages on the fieldbus cables of up to 4 kV
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAA000-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000

Torque feedback signal Via fieldbus interface
Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω). Option, only possible in combination with
output contacts.
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAA000-1A1-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/6

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
Setting/programming the Profibus DP interface

Baud rate setting Automatic baud rate recognition
Setting the fieldbus address The Profibus DP address is set via the ACExC 01.2 display.
Configurable process representation via For optimum adaptation to the process control system, the process representation input (feedback) can be freely
GSD file configured.
General Profibus DP interface data

Communication protocol Profibus DP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Network topology Line (fieldbus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling and uncou-
pling of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.
Transmission medium Twisted, screened copper cable according to IEC 61158
Profibus DP interface EIA-485 (RS-485)
Transmission rate/cable length
Baud rate (kbit/s) Max. cable length Possible cable length with
(segment length) without repeater (total network cable
repeater length):
9.6 – 93.75 1,200 m approx. 10 km
187.5 1,000 m approx. 10 km
500 400 m approx. 4 km
1,500 200 m approx. 2 km
Device types DP master class 1, e.g. central controllers such as PLC, PC, ...
DP master class 2, e.g. programming/configuration tools
DP slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors
Number of devices 32 devices without repeater, with repeater expandable to 126
Fieldbus access Token-passing between masters and polling for slaves Mono-master or multi-master systems are possible.
Supported Profibus DP functions Cyclic data exchange, sync mode, freeze mode, fail safe mode
Profibus DP ident no. 0x0C4F: Standard applications with Profibus DP-V0 and DP-V1
0x0CBD: Applications with Profibus DP-V2
Commands and signals of the Profibus DP interface

Process representation output OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, EMERGENCY operation command, enable LOCAL, Interlock OPEN/
(command signals) CLOSE
Process representation input End positions OPEN, CLOSED
(feedback signals) Actual position value
Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator
Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE
Running indication (directional)
Torque switches OPEN, CLOSED
Limit switches OPEN, CLOSED
Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls
Analogue (2) and digital (4) customer inputs
Process representation input Motor protection tripped
(fault signals) Torque switch tripped in mid-travel
One phase missing
Failure of analogue customer inputs
Behaviour on loss of communication The behaviour of the actuator is programmable:
 Stop in current position
 Travel to end position OPEN or CLOSED
 Travel to any intermediate position
 Execute last received operation command
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/6

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP
Service conditions
AC or 115 V AC.
60664-1
high pollution.
Option: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and
high pollution.
Accessories
request
Cable length between actuator and ACExC 01.2 max. 100 m (Not suitable for version with potentiometer in the
actuator). Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronic position transmitter
MWG.).
Further information
Y005.465/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 6/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
General information
range with Modbus RTU interface.

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Control and feedback signals Via Modbus RTU interface
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
position setpoint)
position setpoint)
inputs
Status signals Via Modbus RTU interface
Redundancy (option) Redundant line topology with universal redundancy behaviour according to AUMA redundancy I or II
Redundante Ringtopologie in Verbindung mit SIMA Master Station
 Max. Anzahl von Antrieben mit Steuerung pro redundantem Ring: 247 Stück
 Max. possible cable length between the actuators equipped with controls without external repeater:
1,200 m
 Max. possible total length per redundant loop: approx. 290 km
 Automatic commissioning of the redundant loop by means of the SIMA Master Station
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
FO cable connection (option)  Connector types: ST or SC connector

 FO cables
- Multi-mode: 62,5(50)/125 μm, range approx. 2.5 km (max. 2.0 dB/km)
- Single-mode: 9/125 μm, range approx. 15 km (max. 0.4 dB/km)
 Topologies: Line, star and redundant ring (with single-channel Modbus RTU interface)
 Baud rate: up to 115.2 kbit/s
 Optical budget:
- Multi-mode: 13 dB
- Single-mode: 17 dB
 Wave length: 1,310 nm
 FO coupler by EKS required at DCS, reference addresses: AUMA or www.eks-engel.com
- Local STOP
switch is in position REMOTE (Not activated when leaving the factory).
CLOSED
grammable
 PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue inputs and Mod-
bus for process setpoint and actual process value
diate position
 Local STOP
positions.
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
separately.
motor
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAC000-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000

Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω), option, only possible in combination with
output contacts
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAC000-1A1-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Setting/programming the Modbus RTU interface

Setting the Modbus RTU interface Baud rate, parity and Modbus address are set via the display of the ACExC 01.2
General data of the Modbus RTU interface

Communication protocol Modbus RTU according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Network topology Line (bus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling and uncoupling of
devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.
Modbus RTU interface EIA-485 (RS-485)
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
Transmission rate/cable length Redundant line topology:

repeater length):
9.6 – 115.2 1,200 m approx. 10 km
Redundant ring topology:

Baud rate (kbit/s) Max. cable length Max. possible cable length of
between actuators redundant loop
(without repeater)
9.6 – 115.2 1,200 m approx. 290 km
Device types Modbus slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors
Fieldbus access Polling between master and slaves (query response).
Supported Modbus functions 01 Read Coil Status
(services)
02 Read Input Status
03 Read Holding Registers
04 Read Input Registers
05 Force Single Coil
15 (0FHex) Force Multiple Coils
06 Preset Single Register
16 (10Hex) Preset Multiple Registers
17 (11Hex) Report Slave ID
08 Diagnostics:
 00 00 Loopback
 00 10 (0AHex) Clear Counters and Diagnostic Register
 00 11 (0BHex) Return Bus Message Count
 00 12 (0CHex) Return Bus Communication Error Count
 00 13 (0DHex) Return Bus Exception Error Count
 00 14 (0EHex) Return Slave Message Count
 00 15 (0FHex) Return Slave No Response Count
 00 16 (10Hex) Return Slave NAK Count
 00 17 (11Hex) Return Slave Busy Count
 00 18 (12Hex) Return Character Overrun Count
Commands and signals of the Modbus RTU interface

Actual torque value, requires MWG in actuator
One phase missing
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus RTU
Service conditions
AC or 115 V AC.
60664-1
high pollution.
high pollution.
Zubehör
request
MWG.).
Further information
Y005.466/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 6/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
General information
range with Modbus TCP/IP interface.

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Control and feedback signals Via Modbus TCP/IP interface
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
Modbus TCP/IP interface with addi-  2 free analogue inputs (0/4 – 20 mA), 4 free digital inputs
tional input signals (option) - Signal transmission is made via fieldbus interface
- MODE: Selection between open-close duty (OPEN, STOP, CLOSE) or modulating duty (0/4 – 20 mA posi-
tion setpoint)
- MODE: Selection between open-close duty (OPEN, STOP, CLOSE) or modulating duty (0/4 – 20 mA posi-
tion setpoint)
inputs
Status signals Via Modbus TCP/IP interface
Modbus TCP/IP interface with addi- Additional, binary output signals (only available in combination with additional input signals (option))
tional output signals (option)  6 programmable output contacts:
- Local STOP
switch is in position REMOTE. (Not activated when leaving the factory.)
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
CLOSED
grammable
- Setpoint position via Modbus TCP/IP interface
 PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue inputs and Mod-
bus TCP/IP for process setpoint and actual process value
diate position
 Local STOP
positions.
separately.
motor
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
Electrical connection Ex plug/socket connector with terminal blocks (KES), flameproof enclosure Ex d
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAC000-1A1-A0F0 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000
Further options for Non-intrusive version with MWG in the actuator

Torque feedback signal Via Modbus TCP/IP interface
output contacts
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAC000-1A1-A5F0 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Settings/programming the Modbus TCP/IP interface

Setting the fieldbus address Baud rate, parity and Modbus address are set via the display of the ACExC 01.2
Setting the Modbus gateway Settings are made via web server
Default settings of the IP interface:
IP Address Selection
Address Type Static IP
Static IP Address 192.168.255.1
Subnet Mask 255.255.0.0
Default gateway 192.168.0.1
General data of the Modbus TCP/IP interface

Communication protocol Modbus TCP/IP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Network topology Star structure, point-to-point wiring
Transmission medium IEC IEEE 802.3, cable recommendation: Cat. 6A
Transmission rate/cable length  Baud rate of 10/100 Mbits/s
 Maximum cable length: 100 m
(services)
08 Diagnostics:
 00 00 Loopback
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
Commands and signals of the Modbus TCP/IP interface

Actual torque value, requires magnetic limit and torque transmitter (MWG) in actuator
One phase missing
Service conditions
60664-1
Vibration resistance Resistance against vibration can be given on request
according to IEC 60068-2-6
high pollution.
high pollution.
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/6

ACExC 01.2
Modbus TCP/IP
Accessories
request
MWG.)
Further information
Y007.005/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 6/6

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus
General information
range with Foundation Fieldbus interface.

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Control and feedback signals Via Foundation Fieldbus H1 interface
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus
position setpoint)
position setpoint)
inputs
Status signals Via Foundation Fieldbus H1 interface
Redundancy (option) Redundant FF H1 interface in accordance with AUMA redundancy I
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus
- Local STOP
Option:  Special colours for the 5 indication lights:
CLOSED
 Taktbeginn/Taktende/Lauf- und Pausenzeit einstellbar, 1 bis 1 800 Sekunden, unabhängig
für Richtung AUF/ZU
grammable
 Positioner:
- Umschaltung zwischen AUF-ZU Ansteuerung und Sollwertansteuerung über Feldbus
Options:  Multiport valve: up to 12 positions, signals (pulse or edge)
diate position
 Local STOP:
position.
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus

separately.
motor
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAF000-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000

output contacts
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCAF000-1A1-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Setting/programming the Foundation Fieldbus interface

Setting the fieldbus address The address is set via Foundation Fieldbus while using the provided system management services and a configu-
ration software for Foundation Fieldbus (e.g. NI-FBUS).
Configurable feedback signals The feedback signals of the Analog Input (AI) and Discrete Input (DI) function blocks may be configured
according to the requirements using channels and the appropriate transducer blocks. Configuration is made via
Foundation Fieldbus while using the device description and a configuration software for Foundation Fieldbus
(e.g. NI-FBUS).
Programming of user functions User functions (e.g. stepping mode, intermediate positions, ...) may either be programmed via display or via
Foundation Fieldbus using the device description and a configuration software for Foundation Fieldbus (e.g.
NI-FBUS).
General data of the Foundation Fieldbus interface

Communication protocol Foundation Fieldbus H1 (31.25 kbit/s) in accordance with IEC 61158 and IEC 61784-1
Physical Layer Separate supply, standard data transmission
Network topology Line, star and tree structures (trunks combined with spurs) are supported.
Internal drop line length of ACExC 01.2 is 0.27 m.
Transmission medium Two-wire copper cable with data transmission and voltage supply on the same wire pair in accordance with:
 ISA S50.02-1992 ISA Physical Layer Standard or
 IEC 61158-2:2000 (ed. 2.0), Fieldbus standard for use in industrial control systems, Part 2: Physical Layer
specification and service definition
 Recommendation: Use cable type A (screened and twisted)
Current consumption Approx. 13 mA at +24 V DC
Transmission rate 31.25 kbit/s
Cable length Max. 1,900 m (only when using the recommended A type cable); with repeaters (4 units max.) expandable up to
a max. of 9.5 km
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus
Number of devices  Max. 32 devices per segment; all in all max. 240 devices can be addressed
 Typical number of devices: approx. 6 – 15 devices per segment
Communication services  Publisher/subscriber communication for the transmission of process data
 Client/server communication for programming and configuration
 Report distribution for transmission of alarm signals
Supported Foundation Fieldbus func- ACExC 01.2 is a Link Master device. Link Master devices can take over the Link Active Scheduler (LAS) function
tions for bus communication co-ordination.
Permissive connection AC 01.2 controls offer an automatic polarity detection and polarity correction of the Foundation Fieldbus cable.
Function blocks of the AUMATIC Foundation Fieldbus interface

Function blocks of the output signals  8 Discrete Output (DO) function blocks for discrete output signals, e.g.:
- OPEN, STOP, CLOSE
- RESET
- EMERGENCY
- Interlock OPEN/CLOSE
- Enable Local
- Intermediate positions
- Digital customer outputs
 2 Analog Output (AO) function blocks for analogue output signals, e.g.:
- Setpoint position
- Analogue customer outputs
Function blocks for input signals  10 Discrete Input (DI) function blocks for discrete feedback signals, e.g.:
- End positions OPEN/CLOSED
- Selector switch in position LOCAL/REMOTE
- Running indication (directional)
- Torque switches OPEN, CLOSED
- Limit switches OPEN, CLOSED
- Manual operation by handwheel or via local controls
- Intermediate positions
- Digital customer inputs
 4 Analog Input (AI) function blocks for analogue feedback signals, e.g.:
- Actual position
- Torque
- Analogue 0 – 20 mA customer inputs
Further function blocks  1 Signal Characterizer function block (SC) for conversion of analogue signals
 1 Input Selector (IS) function block for the selection of analogue input signals
 1 Process controller (PID) block as function block for modulating applications
 Resource Block (RB) for defining characteristic Foundation Fieldbus device data
 4 Transducer Blocks (AOTB, DOTB, AITB, DITB) as connection blocks for discrete and analogue input and
output signals
 1 Transducer Block (PTB) as connection block for control
 1 Transducer Block (AUMACTB) for configuration and programming
 1 Transducer Block (AUMACTB) for monitoring and diagnostics
Special features of the AUMATIC Foundation Fieldbus interface

Manufacturer ID 0x0A01FF
Device type 0x0001
Device revision 0x01 or 0x02
Device ID 0A01FF0001-(Seriennummer der ACExC 01.2-x)-(Seriennummer FF Modul)
Baud rate 31.25 kbit/s
Polarity No polarity (automatic polarity detection and correction)
Segment information
Standard FF H1
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus
Link master (LAS) function Yes

Current consumption 13 mA
FF connection current < 20 mA
Device voltage min/max 9 – 32 V DC
FF capacity < 5 nF
FF inductivity < 10 μH
Jitter tolerance range < ±8 μs
Min. transmission level (Vp-t-p) > 0.75 V
Available server VCRs 23
Available source VCRs 23
Available publisher VCRs 23
Available subscriber VCRs 23
DD revision 0x01 or 0x02
CFF revision 010101 or 020101
ITK revision 6.0.1
Available channels
Analog Output (AO) function blocks 0, 1, 3, 20, 21
Discrete Output (DO) function blocks 0, 2, 4 – 19
Analog Input (AI) function blocks 3, 4, 5, 6
Discrete Input (DI) function blocks 0, 22 – 66, 71
Number of function blocks with the respective execution times [ms]
8 Discrete Output (DO) function blocks 30
2 Analog Output (AO) function blocks 30
10 Discrete Input (DI) function blocks 20
4 Analog Input (AI) function blocks 30
1 Signal Characterizer (SC) function 40
block
1 Input Selector (IS) function block 30
1 Proportional/Integral/Differential (PID) 40
function block
Service conditions
AC or 115 V AC.
60664-1
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 6/7

ACExC 01.2
Foundation Fieldbus

high pollution.
Option: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation, and
high pollution.
Accessories
request
MWG.).
Further information
Y006.044/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 7/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
General information
range with HART interface.

Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500 Volt 110, 115, 120 220, 230, 240
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 Hz 60 50

Volt 220 230 240 525 575 575 600 660 690 Volt 208
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 Hz 60

DC
Voltages
Volt 24 48 60 110 125 220

External supply of the electronics 24 V DC: + 20 %/– 15 %,
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 740 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
 100 to 120 V AC = max. 1,200 mA
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 750 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 400 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 400 mA
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
Control and feedback signals Via HART interface

Device category: Actuator:
Analogue 4 – 20 mA setpoint with digital HART communication
Device category: Current Output:
Analogue 4 – 20 mA position feedback signal with digital HART communication
HART interface with additional input Device category: “Actuator”
signals (option)  Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, EMERGENCY I/O interface, (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, with
one common and EMERGENCY, I/O interface respectively without common)
- I/O interface: Selection of control type (HART or additional input signals)
Device category: “Current Output”:
 Inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, MODE, EMERGENCY I/O interface, (via opto-isolator thereof OPEN, STOP, CLOSE,
- I/O interface: Selection of control type (HART or additional input signals)
- MODE: Control selection of additional input signals (0/4 – 20 mA setpoint or discrete control inputs
OPEN, STOP, CLOSE)
inputs
Status signals Via HART interface
HART interface with additional output Additional, binary output signals (only available in combination with additional input signals (option))
signals (option)  6 programmable output contacts:
In combination with device category: “Actuator”
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
- Local STOP
CLOSED
grammable
 Positioner:
- Position setpoint via HART interface
Options:  PID process controller: with adaptive positioner, process setpoint via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue
input or HART, actual process value via 0/4 – 20 mA analogue input
- Digital input: Low active (option)
diate position
 Local STOP
 EMERGENCY Stop push button (latching) interrupts electrical operation, irrespective of the selector switch
position
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/7

ACExC 01.2
HART

separately.
motor
Wiring diagram (basic version) Device category: “Actuator” TPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000
Device category: “Current Output”: TPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000

Torque feedback signal Via HART interface
output contacts
Wiring diagram (basic version) Device category: “Actuator” TPCAI000-1A1-A000 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Device category: “Current Output”: TPCAJ000-1A1-A000 TPA00R200-0I1-000
Setting/programming the HART interface

Setting the HART address The HART address is set via HART command 6 or alternatively via the display of ACExC 01.2 controls (default
value: 0)
General HART interface data

Communication protocol HART according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 (CPF 9)
Network topology Point-to-point wiring
Communication signal HART, baud rate 1.2 kbit/s
Device category: "Actuator“
 FSK (Frequency Shift Key) modulated to 4 – 20 mA setpoint signal
 Input impedance: 250 Ω. The impedances of other HART devices connected (parallel or in series) must be
within the HART specification
 Point-to-point wiring
 Signal range: 4 – 20 mA
 Operating range: 2 – 22 mA
 Minimum operating voltage: 7 V (at 22 mA)
 Integrated reverse polarity protection
 FSK (Frequency Shift Key) modulated to 4 – 20 mA position feedback signal
 Input impedance: 40 kΩ. The impedances of other HART devices connected (parallel or in series) must be
within the HART specification
 Point-to-point or multidrop wiring
 Short-circuit-proof current output
HART cable specification Refer to HART specification
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
Power supply Internal power supply of HART interface via actuator controls (apart from HART supply voltage, no other supply
required)
Device identification Manufacturer Name: AUMA
Manufacturer ID: 0x607C
HART protocol revision: 7.4
Number of device variables: 12
Model Name: AUMATIC AC 01.2 / ACExC 01.2
Device Type Code: 0xE1FD
Supported HART commands  Universal Commands
 Common Practice Commands:
- Command 33 (Read Device Variables)
- Command 40 (Enter/Exit Fixed Current Mode)
- Command 42 (Perform Device Reset)
- Command 45 (Trim Loop Current Zero)
- Command 46 (Trim Loop Current Gain)
- Command 50 (Read Dynamic Variable Assignments)
- Command 79 (Write Device Variable)
- Command 95 (Read Device Communication Statistics)
 Device Specific Commands:
- Command 128 (Write Operation Command)
- Command 131 (Read Software Version)
- Command 132 (Reset to Factory Default)
- Command 133 (Reset Operational Data)
- Command 134 (Reset HART Configuration)
- Command 160 (Read Parameter)
- Command 161 (Write Parameter)
- Command 162 (Read Process Data)
Commands and signals of the HART interface

Output data Device category: "Actuator“
Supported control types:
 Loop Current Mode activated:
Analogue 4 – 20 mA control signal for position setpoint
 Loop Current Mode deactivated:
Digital HART commands for position setpoint (0 – 100.0 %) or for discrete operation in directions OPEN and
CLOSE
 Loop Current Mode activated:
Analogue 4 – 20 mA output signal for position feedback signal (point-to-point wiring)
CLOSE
 Loop Current Mode deactivated:
Analogue output signal for position feedback signal fixed to 4 mA (multidrop wiring)
CLOSE
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 5/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
Feedback signals End positions OPEN, CLOSED

Actual position value
Device Status information
 Field Device Status
 Device Specific Status
 Extended Device Status Information
 Standardized Status
 Analog Channel Saturated
 Analog Channel Fixed
Fehlermeldungen Motor protection tripped
Torque switch tripped in mid-travel
One phase missing
Service conditions
AC or 115 V AC.
60664-1
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 6/7

ACExC 01.2
HART
high pollution.
high pollution.
Accessories
request
MWG.).
Further information
Y006.499/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 7/7

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Technical data Actuator controls in SIL version
General information
ACExC 01.2 actuator controls in SIL version for controlling multi-turn actuators of the SAEx/SAREx .2 type range and part-turn actuators of the SQEx/
SQREx .2 type range.
Information on SIL features of ACExC 01.2 – SIL actuator controls

SIL control Via digital inputs Safe ESD a,b and/or Safe STOP OPEN/CLOSE
Control voltage/current consumption 24 V DC, current consumption: approx. 10 mA per input
for inputs of the SIL functions
SIL status signal 1 potential-free change-over contact (max. 24 V DC/1 A) for SIL collective fault signal
SIL functions - safety functions Standard:  Safe ESD
- Digital inputs (redundant inputs) low active
- Reaction can be selected: Run to end position CLOSED (Safe ESD CLOSE, CLOSE), run
to end position OPEN (Safe ESD OPEN, OPEN)
- Torque monitoring and forced limit seating (OPEN and CLOSE) for Safe ESD can be
by-passed
- Thermal protection for Safe ESD can be by-passed
 Seating types can be set
- Forced limit seating in end position (Actuator only stops once end positions OPEN or
CLOSED are reached irrespective of the torque applied.)
- Limit seating with overload protection (Once the set tripping point in end positions
OPEN or CLOSED has been reached, the actuator will be switched off. If excessive
torque is applied during travel, the actuator is already switched off prior to reaching
the end position.)
- Forced torque seating (Actuator only stops when reaching the set end position
torque.)
Options:  Safe STOP
- 2 digital inputs (OPEN and CLOSE) low active
- Reaction can be selected: STOP in direction OPEN (Safe STOP OPEN) and/or STOP in
direction CLOSE (Safe STOP CLOSE)
 Combination of Safe ESD and Safe STOP (in this case, Safe ESD has priority)
Local controls Safety functions are executed irrespective of selector switch position LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE.
SIL monitoring functions Standard:  Actuator operation monitoring, generates SIL fault signal
 Monitoring of redundant wiring Safe ESD: In case of incorrect wiring, a SIL fault signal is
generated
 Internal monitoring of the SIL components of the controls; a SIL fault signal is generated
in case of a fault.
Option:  Safe end position feedback
Configuration Due to the requirements on functional safety, other restrictions with regard to configuration options of the
actuator and the actuator controls not listed here do apply.
Actuator version in  The actuator must be equipped with a blinker transmitter
combination with ACExC .2-SIL  The actuator is supplied with the motor locked in disengaged position. Motor operation will only be pos-
sible once the lock is disabled
 Only actuators in clockwise closing version may be used.

SIL limit switches Forced seating type in end position
Information on general features of ACExC 01.2-SIL actuator controls

Explosion protection Standard: II2G Ex de IIC T4 or T3
Option: II2G Ex d IIC T4 or T3
EC type examination certificate DEKRA 11ATEX0008 X
Y006.184/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Power supply Standard voltages:

3-phase AC current
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50
Special voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 525 575 660 690
Hz 50 50 50 50

External supply of the electronics 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %
The "external supply of electronics" option refers to the components of the standard actuator controls. How-
ever, the SIL components of the actuators controls are not supplied.
 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
Rated power Actuator controls are designed for rated motor power, refer to Electrical data Multi-turn actuators or Part-turn
actuators
Switchgear Open-close Reversing contactors (mechanically and electrically interlocked) for
duty: AUMA power classes A1/A2
Modulating Thyristor unit with tripping contactors for mains voltage up to 600 V AC (required to meet the
duty: safety parameters for modulating actuators) for AUMA power classes B1 and B2
The reversing contactors are designed for a lifetime of 2 million starts. For applications requiring a high num-
ber of starts, we recommend the use of thyristor units, explicitly specified for modulating duty
For the assignment of AUMA power classes, please refer to Electrical data Multi-turn actuators/Part-turn
actuators.
Control Via digital inputs OPEN, STOP, CLOSE (via opto-isolator, OPEN, STOP, CLOSE with one common), respect mini-
mum pulse duration for modulating actuators
for control inputs
115 V AC, current consumption: approx. 15 mA per input
Status signals Standard:  6 programmable output contacts:
(output signals) - 5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load)
Default configuration: End position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch
REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN
Default configuration: Collective fault signal (torque fault, phase failure, motor pro-
tection tripped)
Options:  6 programmable output contacts:
- 5 change-over contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), 1
All output signals must be supplied with the same potential.
Y006.184/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 2/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Local controls Standard:  Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE (lockable in all three positions)
 Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET
- Local STOP
The actuator can be stopped via push button Stop of local controls if the selector
switch is in position REMOTE. Not activated when leaving the factory.
- End position and running indication CLOSED (yellow), SIL function active (red), motor
protection tripped (red), SIL fault (red), end position and running indication OPEN
(green), Bluetooth (blue)
 Graphic LC display, illuminated
- End position CLOSED (green), SIL function active (blue), SIL fault (yellow), motor
protection tripped (violet), end position OPEN (red)
Bluetooth communication interface Bluetooth class II chip, version 2.0 with a range up to 10 m in industrial environments. Supports the SPP
Bluetooth profile (Serial Port Profile).
Programming software:
AUMA CDT, commissioning and diagnostic tool for Windows-based PCs, PDAs and smartphones
Application functions Standard:  Switch-off mode adjustable
- Limit or torque seating for end positions OPEN and CLOSED
 Torque by-pass, adjustable up to 5 seconds (no torque monitoring during start-up time)
 Start and end of stepping mode as well as ON and OFF times (1 to 1,800 seconds) can be
set individually for directions OPEN and CLOSE.
grammable
- Position setpoint via analogue input 0/4 – 20 mA
- Programmable behaviour on loss of signal
- Split Range operation
- MODE input for change-over between OPEN - CLOSE control and setpoint control
 PID controller with adaptive positioner, 0/4 – 20 mA inputs for process setpoint and
actual process value
Monitoring function  Valve overload protection (adjustable), results in switching off and generates fault signal
 Motor temperature monitoring (thermal monitoring), results in switching off and generates fault indica-
tion
 Monitoring the heater within actuator, generates warning signal
 Monitoring of permissible on-time and number of starts (adjustable), generates warning signal
 Operation time monitoring (adjustable), generates warning signal
 Phase failure monitoring, results in switching off and generates fault signal
Diagnostic functions  Electronic device ID with order and product data
trippings in end position CLOSED, torque switch trippings in end position OPEN, limit switch trippings
in end position OPEN, torque faults CLOSE, torque faults OPEN, motor protection trippings
Motor protection evaluation PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistor in actuator motor
Options: Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCC-0A1-1A1-AA20 TPA00R2AA-1A1-AB0
Y006.184/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 3/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL

Torque feedback signal Galvanically isolated analogue output 0/4 – 20 mA (load max. 500 Ω)
Diagnostic functions  Torque characteristics
separately. Torque characteristics stored can be shown on the display.
Service conditions
Installation altitude ≤ 2 000 m above sea level
Low temperature versions incl. heating system for connection to internal power supply or to
external power supply 230 V AC or 115 V AC.
Enclosure protection according to IP68
EN 60529
Pollution degree Pollution degree 4 (when closed)
according to EN 60664-1
Vibration resistance according to 1 g, from 10 Hz to 200 Hz
IEC 60068-2-6 Resistant to vibration during start-up or for failures of the plant. However, a fatigue strength may not be
derived from this. Not valid in combination with gearboxes.
high pollution.
Options: KX Suitable for use in areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensation,
and high pollution.
Finish coating Powder paint
Accessories
Wall bracket ACExC 01.2-SIL mounted separately from the actuator, including plug/socket connector. Connecting cable on
request.
Recommended for high ambient temperatures, difficult access, or in case of heavy vibration during service.
Cable length between actuator and ACExC 01.2-SIL max. 100 m. Not suitable for version with potentiometer
in the actuator. Instead of the potentiometer, the actuator has to be equipped with an electronic position
transmitter. Cable length for non-intrusive version with MWG in the actuator max. 100 m. Requires separate
data cable for MWG.
Programming software for PC AUMA CDT
Further information
Weight Approx. 12 kg (including Ex-plug/socket connector and screw-type terminals)
EU Directives Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems: (IEC 61508)
ATEX Directive: (94/9/EC)
Y006.184/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 4/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Manual Functional Safety Actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2/SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2/SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2/
SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2, SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2/ SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2/ SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2/ SQREx 05.2 –
SQREx 14.2 with actuator controls AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 in SIL version
Y006.184/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 5/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Profibus DP
General information
SQREx .2 type range with Profibus DP interface.

SIL status signal 1 potential-free change-over contact (max. 24 V DC/1 A) for SIL collective fault signal
by-passed
the end position.)
torque.)
generated
in case of a fault.


Y006.186/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Profibus DP

3-phase AC current
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50
Special voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 525 575 660 690
Hz 50 50 50 50

 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
actuators
actuators.
Control and feedback signals Via Profibus DP interface
Profibus DP-V1 (option) Access to parameters, the electronic name plate and the operating and diagnostic data with acyclic write/read
services
Profibus DP-V2 (option) Redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212 (Primary and Backup with Red-
Com)
Synchronisation of time between AUMATIC and Profibus master with subsequent time stamp of the most
important events such as faults, end position and torque signals from the AUMATIC
Redundant line topology and redundancy behaviour according to Profibus DP-V2 specification no. 2.212
(Primary and Backup with RedCom), requires Profibus DP-V2
- Local STOP
- End positions and running indication CLOSED (yellow), SIL function active (red), motor
Y006.186/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 2/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Profibus DP
Bluetooth Bluetooth class II chip, version 2.0 with a range up to 10 m in industrial environments. Supports the SPP Blue-
communication interface tooth profile (Serial Port Profile).
grammable
 Positioner:
Option:  PID controller with adaptive positioner, 0/4 – 20 mA inputs for process setpoint and
tion
Motor protection evaluation PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistor within actuator motor
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCCA0G4-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-1A1-AB0

Torque feedback signal Via Profibus DP
Diagnostic function  Torque characteristics
Setting/programming the Profibus DP interface

Baud rate setting Automatic baud rate recognition
Setting the Profibus DP interface The Profibus DP address is set via the ACExC 01.2 display.
Configurable process representation For optimum adaptation to the process control system, the process representation input (feedback) can be
via GSD file freely configured.
Y006.186/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 3/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Profibus DP
Commands and signals of the Profibus DP interface

Process representation output OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, enable LOCAL
(command signals)
(feedback signals) Position setpoint
SIL function active (must not be used in SIS)
One phase missing
SIL fault (must not be used in SIS)
General data Profibus DP

Communication protocol Profibus DP according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Network topology Line (bus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling and uncoupling
of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.
Profibus DP interface EIA-485 (RS-485)
Transmission rate/cable length
repeater length):
9.6 – 93.75 1,200 m approx. 10 km
187.5 1,000 m approx. 10 km
500 400 m approx. 4 km
1,500 200 m approx. 2 km
Device types DP master class 1, e.g. central controllers such as PLC, PC, ...
DP master class 2, e.g. programming/configuration tools
DP slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors
Fieldbus access Token-passing between masters and polling for slaves Mono-master or multi-master systems are possible.
Supported Profibus DP functions Cyclic data exchange, sync mode, freeze mode, fail-safe mode
Profibus DP ident no. 0x0C4F: Standard applications with Profibus DP-V0 and DP-V1
0x0CBD: Applications with Profibus DP-V2
Service conditions
Y006.186/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 4/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Profibus DP
EN 60529
high pollution.
and high pollution.
Accessories
request.
data cable for MWG.
Further information
Y006.186/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 5/5

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU
General information
SQREx .2 type range with Modbus RTU interface.

SIL status signal 1 potential-free change-over contact (max. 24 V DC/1 A) for SIL collective failure signal
by-passed
the end position.)
torque.)
generated
in case of a fault.


Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/6

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU

3-phase AC current
Volt 380 400 415 440 460 480 500
Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 50
Special voltages:
3-phase AC current
Volt 525 575 660 690
Hz 50 50 50 50

 208 to 240 V AC = max. 400 mA
 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA
 515 to 690 V AC = max. 200 mA
actuators
actuators.
Control and feedback signals Via Modbus RTU interface
Redundant loop topology in combination with SIMA Master Station
 Max. number of actuators with controls per redundant loop: 247 units
 Max. possible cable length between the actuators equipped with controls without external repeater:
1,200 m
 Max. possible total length per redundant loop: approx. 290 km
 Automatic commissioning of the redundant loop by means of the SIMA Master Station
- Local STOP
- End positions and running indication CLOSED (yellow), SIL function active (red), motor
Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 2/6

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU
Bluetooth Bluetooth class II chip, version 2.0 with a range up to 10 m in industrial environments. Supports the SPP
communication interface Bluetooth profile (Serial Port Profile).
grammable
 Positioner:
Option:  PID controller with adaptive positioner, 0/4 – 20 mA inputs for process setpoint and
tion
Motor protection evaluation PTC tripping device in combination with PTC thermistor within actuator motor
Wiring diagram (basic version) TPCCC0G4-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-1A1-AB0

Torque feedback signal Via Modbus RTU
Diagnostic function  Torque characteristics
Setting/programming the Modbus RTU interface

Setting the Modbus RTU interface Baud rate, parity and Modbus address are set via the display of the ACExC 01.2
Commands and signals of the Modbus RTU interface

Process representation output OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, position setpoint, RESET, enable LOCAL
(command signals)
Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 3/6

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU

(feedback signals) Position setpoint
SIL function active (must not be used in SIS)
One phase missing
SIL fault (must not be used in SIS)
General Modbus RTU data

Communication protocol Modbus RTU according to IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
Network topology Line (bus) structure. When using repeaters, tree structures can also be implemented. Coupling and uncoupling
of devices during operation without affecting other devices is possible.
Modbus RTU interface EIA-485 (RS-485)
Transmission rate/cable length Redundant line topology:
repeater length):
9.6 – 115.2 1,200 m approx. 10 km
Redundant loop topology:

Baud rate (kbit/s) Max. cable length Max. possible cable length of
between actuators redundant loop
(without repeater)
9.6 – 115.2 1,200 m approx. 290 km
Device types Modbus slave, e.g. devices with digital and/or analogue inputs/outputs such as actuators, sensors
Fieldbus access Polling between master and slaves (query response).
(services)
Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 4/6

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU
Supported Modbus functions 08 Diagnostics:

(services)  00 00 Loopback
Service conditions
EN 60529
high pollution.
and high pollution.
Accessories
request.
data cable for MWG.
Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 5/6

ACExC 01.2-SIL
Modbus RTU
Further information
Y006.185/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 6/6

3 Technical data Miscellaneous
Output drive types

Spring-loaded stem nut AF 07.2 – AF 60.2 76
Spring-loaded stem nut AF 10.2 – AF 60.2, Technical description 77
Output drive type IB/IE – insulated output drive, Technical description 78
Switches
Switches for actuators in flameproof enclosure Ex d 79
Position transmitter
Electronic position transmitter Ex/potentiometer Ex 81
Corrosion protection
Types of corrosion protection 83
3. Technical data
Miscellaneous
Corrosion protection KS in acc. to painting spec. P1.001 84
Corrosion protection KS in acc. to painting spec. P1.002 85
Corrosion protection KX in acc. to painting spec. P1.002 87
Painting specifications
Painting specification P1.001 89
Painting specification P1.002 90
Painting specification K-MASS 91
Lubricants
Grease and oil quantities 93
Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing 96
Accessories
Telescopic protection tube, Technical description 98
Stem protection tube, Technical description 100
AF 07.2 – AF 60.2
Technical data Spring loaded stem nut
Type Spring Spring stroke Solid force Preload Usable stroke Force usable leaving Remaining Stem
constant sufficient reserve stroke diameter Ø d6
Max. Max. Max.
[kN/mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
AF 07.2 3.1 5.9 20 0.5 1.5 4.7 16 1.2 32
AF 07.6 6.8 5.6 41 0.4 2.7 4.5 33 1.1 32
AF 10.2 10.2 6.0 65 0.4 4.3 4.7 52 1.3 32
AF 14.2 14.2 8.1 125 0.7 9.6 6.3 100 1.8 51
AF 16.2 19.2 9.6 200 0.8 14.9 7.5 160 2.1 65
AF 25.2 23.7 12.3 315 0.9 21.3 10 260 2.3 85
AF 30.2 32.7 14.0 510 1.6 52.0 11 410 3.0 102
AF 35.2 44.8 17.5 860 1.7 76.0 14 700 3.5 150
AF 40.2 43.1 21.4 1,000 1.8 76.5 17 800 4.4 175
AF 48.2 84,2 30,4 3000 2,4 438 24 2630 4,0 180
AF 60.2 84.2 30.4 3,000 2.4 438 24 2,630 4.0 180
Suitable for modulating duty to a limited extent only. Please contact AUMA.
Spring force
Solid force
Max. force leaving

approx. 25% reserve
Preload in kN
Spring stroke
Remaining
Usable stroke stroke
Preload
Max. spring storke
Y001.225/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

AF 07.2 – AF 60.2
Technical description Spring loaded stem nut
1. Function
The output drive type AF, spring-loaded stem nut, allows for limited axial stem nut offset within the output mounting flange.
This helps to prevent valve damage and protects the axial bearings of the output drive against excessive load.
2. Use
The use of spring-loaded stem nuts type AF is recommended for the following applications:
2.1 Globe valves:  Operating speed ≥ 250 mm/min.
 Output speed of the multi-turn actuator: ≥ 45.1 rpm
2.2 Gate valves: Operating speed ≥ 500 mm/min.
2.3 The mentioned limit values are based on experience. When exceeding these values, please check thoroughly whether and
problems or damage may occur when operating the valve without a spring-loaded stem nut.
2.4 The use of a spring-loaded stem nut is also recommended if high temperature fluctuations of the medium in the pipes are to
be expected for globe valves and gate valves.
2.5 If extended delay times occur between torque switch tripping and the ensuing motor power cut-out for actuator control, the
spring-loaded stem nut can significantly reduce excess torque.
3. Version
3.1 Output drive type AF is available in two versions:
 Spring-loaded version in both directions, e.g. type AF 10.2 (is acknowledged if the valve type is unknown)
 Spring-loaded version in direction CLOSE, e.g. type AF 10.2-Z
3.2 The spring-loaded version for "direction CLOSE only" must be implemented, if it is to be expected that short-term peak
torques are required during unseating from the end position CLOSED. These torques will drop immediately after unseating
(typical for wedge gate valves).
3.3 In practical use, this means that the spring-loaded version in “direction CLOSE only” must be used for all conventional wedge
gate valves.
The spring-loaded version for both directions can be used for back seal valves e.g. globe valves.
4. Special features
If the output drive type AF is requested for special wedge gate valves when back seal control is required, please contact
AUMA.
5. Ambient temperature range

–40 °C to +80 °C
6. Documentation
 Technical data AF 07.2 – AF 60.2
 Dimensions Output drive types AF 07.2 – AF 16.2
 Dimensions Output drive types AF 25.2 – AF 60.2
7. Safety instructions
The spring stack is subject to high pre-tension. For this reason, the spring stack may only be disassembled from the output
mounting flange by authorised staff using the appropriate tools.
Y003.034/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/1

IB/IE
Technical description Output drive type IB/IE - insulated output drive
1
2
Figure 1: Design
3
1 Coupling sleeve
2 Circlip
3 Actuator mounting flange (stainless steel)
4 (only for mounting to actuator sizes
SA 07.1/07.2/07.5/07.6)
4 Top and bottom made of cloth reinforced
laminate
5
5 Output drive plug sleeve made of cloth reinforced
laminate
6 Output drive sleeve
6
1. Function
Corrosion is generated by a natural process: Oxidation of metals in combination with water and oxygen.
The insulated output drive IB/IE avoids corrosion by applying cathodic protection (CS):
Cathodic corrosion protection considerably reduces the corrosion rate on metal structures by permanently lowering the elec-
trical potential. This results in a sufficient decrease in the ion mobility between metal and electrolyte. Consequently, the metal
to be protected is made virtually resistant against corrosion.
2. Use/application
The use of an insulated output drive is recommended for the following applications:
2.1 For metal constructions in electro conductive environments such as soil or water.
e.g. corrosion protection for buried gas pipes.
2.2 Note:
Isolating spark gaps for lightning conditions between multi-turn actuator and pipe are not part of the AUMA delivery.
A potential supplier is the company Dehn, with the product TFS (isolating spark gaps - ISG).
3. Sizes/versions/related documents
3.1 Insulated output drives are available in the following sizes and version:
 IB 07.2, IB 10.2, IB 14.2, IB 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to DIN 3210
 IB1 07.2, IB1 10.2, IB1 14.2, IB1 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to EN ISO 5210
 IB3 07.2, IB3 10.2, IB3 14.2, IB3 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to EN ISO 5210
 IE 07.2, IE 10.2, IE 14.2, IE 16.2: Bore diameter for valve shaft attachment according to DIN 3210
3.2 Related documents:
 Dimensions Output drive types IB/IE - Insulated output drive for SA .2 multi-turn actuators (Y006.244)
 Dimensions Output drive types IB1/IB - Insulated output drive for SA .1 multi-turn actuators and GK/GST gearboxes
(Y001.230)
 Dimensions Output drive types IB3/IB - Insulated output drive for SA .1 multi-turn actuators and GK/GST gearboxes
(Y001.231)
4. Mounting options for SA 07.2 – SA 16.2, SA 07.1 – SA 25.1

SA-IB-valve
SA-IB-GK-valve
SA-IB-GST-valve
Note:
To adapt the SA .2 actuators to available insulated output drive with flanges F10 and F14 (year of manufacture: 2009 and
earlier), an adapter is required. The adapter can be ordered from AUMA.
5. Ambient temperature
– 40°C to +80 °C
6. Special features
Test performed according to internal specification KV 1.2.16.2
The high voltage test is performed at 5,000 V (10 seconds). Certified by test stamp.
Y006.380/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

Actuators designed in flameproof enclosure Ex d
Technical data Switches 07-1511
This data applies to:

Multi-turn actuators: SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
Limit and torque switches

Application/description Standard: Single switches (1 NC and 1 NO) for each end position, not galvanically isolated
Switches with forced opening (1 NC contact)
Type designation/order code Limit switches: 8, 8.2, 8.3, 8-S, 8.2-S
Torque switches: 6, 6.2, 6-S, 6.2-S
Mechanical lifetime 2 x 106 starts
EN 60529
Contact element Snap-action contact (double break)
Operation Via lever
Ambient temperature1) –60 °C to +60 °C/+75 °C
Explosion protection II2G Ex d IIC T4
EC type test certificate PTB 98 ATEX 1032U
Contact material: Silver
U min. 30 V AC/DC
U max. 250 V AC/DC
I min. 20 mA
Rated voltage/current AC-15: 4 A at 250 V AC
DC-13: 0.15 A at 250 V DC
Contact material: Gold
U min. 5V
U max. 30 V
I min. 4 mA
I max. 400 mA
Wiring diagram
I Single switches II Tandem switches Only the same potential can be switched on the two circuits of each microswitch. If different
Signalling Switching off potentials are to be switched simultaneously, this is only possible when using tandem switches
(two galvanically separate microswitches in one housing).
RD
BK
RD 2
To ensure reliable signalling, the leading contacts (LSC 1/LSO 1 or TSC 1/TSO 1) must be used for
BK 2
RD
BK
this purpose and the lagging contacts (LSC/LSO or TSC/TSO) for switching off.
RD 2
BK 2
RD
RD
BK
BK
LSC 1/LSO 1 LSC/LSO

TSC 1/TSO 1 TSC/TSO
Colour of wires: RD - red (NC), BK - black (NO)
Safety related assessment of limit and torque switches

The end position signalisation of the AUMA limit and torque switches with order codes6, 6.2, 6-S, 6.2-S, 8, 8.2, 8.3, 8-S, 8.2-S were subjected to a safe-
ty-related assessment in cooperation with exida GmbH.
The determined failure rate can be used for the assessment of a safety function to determine the usability in safety instrumented systems (SIS). Compared
to the PFH values of IEC 61508, the failure rate is within the SIL 2 range.
Upon request, the test report can be provided.
Test according to EN 60947
For switches with order codes 6-S, 6.2-S, 8-S, 8.2-S, a test certificate in accordance with EN 60947 is available. Upon request, the certificate can also be
provided.
1) Refer to notes on page 2.
Y007.190/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

Actuators designed in flameproof enclosure Ex d
Technical data Switches 07-1501
Blinker transmitter for running indication

Mechanical lifetime 107 starts
Operation Segment washer
Contact element Snap action contact
Contact material Standard: Silver
Option: Gold
Type of contact Change-over contact
Contact material: Silver
U min. 10 V AC/DC
U max. 250 V AC/DC
Rated voltage/current AC: 5 A at 250 V resistive load
5 A at 250 V inductive load
DC: 5 A at 30 V resistive load
5 A at 30 V inductive load
0.25 A at 250 V resistive load
1)
Ambient temperature –60 °C to +60 °C/+90 °C
Explosion protection II2G Ex d IIC T4
EC type test certificate PTB 98 ATEX 1033U
Notes on tables on pages1 and 2

1) Ambient temperature Ambient temperature range depends on temperature range of the actuator (refer to name plate)
Y007.190/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

RWG 5020 Ex, Ex potentiometer
RWG 5020 Ex
On the basis of the actual potentiometer value, the RWG generates a current signal for signalling the valve position.
Data 2-wire system

Output current IA 4 – 20 mA
1)
Supply voltage U V
10 – 28.5 V DC
1)
Short-circuit current I K
< 200 mA
Power P1) < 0.9 W
Max. load RB (UV – 10 V)/20 mA
Impact of power supply ≤ 0.1 %
Load influence ≤ 0.1 % (RB = 0...600 Ω)
Temperature impact < 0.1 ‰/K
Transmitter potentiometer 5 kΩ
Ambient temperature – 60 °C /–40 °C to +60 °C2)
3)
Explosion protection II2G Ex ib IIC T4

Notes on table
1) Power supply Power supply via external, intrinsically safe (Ex ia or Ex ib) power supply unit with type test certificate meeting
the technical requirements of RWG 5020 Ex.
2) Ambient temperature Depending on temperature range of the actuator: Refer to name plate
3) For heater in switch compartment
Wiring
2-wire system
RWG 5020
Connector XK for
Customer connection
21 22 23 24
4 – 20 mA
89 ,P$
3: T = -40..60 °C
CC 0344
Riester GmbH & Co.KG
D-79379 Muellheim
RWG 5020.2 Ex
II2G Ex ib IIC T4
RD
BK
YE
PTB 03 ATEX 2176

Ser.Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5
Setting: Refer to the operation instructions relating to actuator.
Y007.184/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

RWG 5020 Ex, Ex potentiometer
Technical data, Ex potentiometer
Potentiometer
Travel sensor for recording the valve position.
Data Wire potentiometer

Independent linearity ≤ 1 %
Widerstand (Option)1) 0.1 kΩ
0.2 kΩ
0.5 kΩ
1 kΩ
5 kΩ
Resistance tolerance +/– 5 %
Rated power 1.2 W
Ambient temperature – 30 °C3)/–20 °C to +60 °C2)
Enclosure protection according to IEC 60529 IP 54
Explosion protection II2G Ex db IIC Gb T4
I M2 Ex db Mb
EC type test certificate PTB 03 ATEX 1025 U
Notes on table
1) Resistance (option) Further variants on request
2) Ambient temperature Depending on temperature range of the actuator: Refer to name plate
3) For heater in switch compartment
The position of the valve can be transmitted as a continuous signal by a potentiometer. The potentiometer is installed in the control unit of the actuator.
We recommend:
Using the potentiometer as voltage divider. Depending on the supply voltage, suitable series resistors are to be provided. Please observe max. rated power.
Y007.184/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

Types of corrosion protection
Technical description Types of corrosion protection
This overview accounts for atmospheric ambient conditions, but not for special chemical atmospheres, requiring absence
of aluminium or nonferrous heavy metal, for example.
Corrosivity categories in accordance with ISO 12944-2 AUMA

and EN 15714-2
Classification of environments Painting specification
(total film thickness)
Powder coating Liquid paint
C1 (very low):
Heated buildings with clean atmospheres
N1.001
C2 (low): KN
(60 µm)
Unheated buildings and rural areas with low level of
pollution
C3 (medium):
Production rooms with humidity and moderate pollu-
tion. Urban and industrial areas with moderate sulphur N1.003
dioxide pollution P1.001
(140 µm)
(140 µm)
C4 (high):
Chemical plants and areas with moderate salinity
KS
C5-I (very high, industrial):
Areas with almost permanent condensation and high
pollution
C5-M (very high, marine):
N1.008
Areas with high salinity, almost permanent condensation (220 µm)
and high pollution
Extreme (cooling tower): KX
P1.002
Areas with extremely high salinity, permanent condensa- KX-G (200 µm)
tion and high pollution (KX-aluminium-free)
Y004.628/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

Technical description Corrosion protection KS with powder coating
in accordance with painting specification P1.001
This description applies to AUMA products with powder coating in accordance with painting specification P1.001.
Corrosion protection KS based on painting specification P1.001 is suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent conden-
sation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and structure of the painting.
1. Materials
1.1 Outside fasteners (e.g. screws) are made of stainless steel with additional metallic surface protection.
1.2 Name plates are made of aluminium.
2. Surface treatment
2.1 After machining, steel parts are covered with metallic surface protection (except SQ/GS coupling and internal GS coupling
compartment)
2.2 Aluminium parts such as the handwheel are electrophoretically coated.
3. General information
3.1 Housing parts made of GJL/GJS are blasted: Sa 2 ½ in accordance with EN ISO 12944-4.
3.2 Aluminium housing parts are not blasted.
4. Painting system
4.1 During preliminary treatment, housing parts are chemically cleaned and painted with an Oxsilan® conversion coating.
4.2 Housing parts are primer coated with:
Product: FREOPOX PE 1204A
Manufacturer: Emil Frei GmbH & Co. KG
Structure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on epoxy resin.
Colour: RAL 7035
Film thickness: 70 µm
4.3 Housing parts are finish coated with:

Product: FREIOTHERM PU 4003M
Structure: Thermally hardening powder coating based on polyurethane.
Colour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey)
5. Total film thickness (dry)

The average total film thickness (dry) of the powder coated housing is 140 µm.
For reasons of geometry, powder coating thickness varies between 60 µm and 220 µm. Variation of film thickness has no
impact on corrosion protection.
6. Notes
6.1 The top coat can be painted with all common 1- or 2-component coating materials (i.e. artificial resin, epoxy resin, PVC, polyu-
rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels).
We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer.
For this, the surfaces to be painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily
dirt and dust.
6.2 Mounting surface to the valve is powder coated.
Y004.714/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

Corrosion protection KS based on painting specification P1.002 is suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent conden-
sation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and structure of the painting.
1. Materials
compartment)
4. Painting system
Colour: RAL 7035
4.4 Finish painting

The finish painting is applied after device assembly and depends on the desired colour.
4.4.1 Housing parts are finish painted with:

Product: SikaCor EG 4
Manufacturer: Sika Deutschland GmbH
Structure: 2-component finish painting based on polyurethane with micaceous iron oxide
Colour: A0001, AUMA silver-grey (similar to RAL 7037 dust grey) or DB colour according to work order
Film thickness: 60 µm (dry)
4.4.2 Housing parts are coated with finish painting for special colours:
Structure: 2-component finish painting based on polyurethane
Colour: Special colour according to work order

Average total film thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including finish painting is 200 µm.
Y005.628/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

6. Notes
Subsequent finishing with chlorine rubber paints subject to restrictions.
We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer. For this, the surfaces to be
painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.
Y005.628/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

Technical description Corrosion protection KX with powder coating
Corrosion protection KX based on painting specification P1.002 is suitable for use in areas with high salinity, almost permanent con-
densation, and high pollution. Corrosion protection includes the use of suitable material for outer parts and structure of the painting.
1. Materials
compartment)
4. Painting system
Colour: RAL 7035
4.4 Finish painting



Average total film thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including finish painting is 200 µm.
Y004.716/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

Technical description Corrosion protection KX with powder coating
6. Notes
Subsequent finishing with chlorine rubber paints subject to restrictions.
We recommend verifying the compatibility of the paints before applying a new wet painting layer. For this, the surfaces to be
painted must be slightly ground and carefully cleaned, i. e. free of foreign substance, grease, oily dirt and dust.
Y004.716/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

Painting specification P1.001
Technical description Powder coating, primer coating and finish coating
2. Painting system
Colour: RAL 7035


Average total film thickness (dry) of the powder coated housing is 140 µm.
4. Notes
dirt and dust.
Y004.477/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

Painting specification P1.002
Technical description Powder coating, primer coating, finish coating and wet painting layer
2. Painting system
Colour: RAL 7035

2.4 Finish painting



Average total film thickness (dry) of the powder coated housings including wet painting layer is 200 µm.
4. Notes
rethane, polyamide and acrylic enamels). Subsequent finishing with chlorine rubber paints subject to restrictions.
dirt and dust.
Y004.522/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

K-Mass™
Technical description Electric actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes in K-Mass™ (regis-
tered trademark of Thermal Designs Inc.) fireproof version
1.1 Fireproof characteristics are achieved by the patented K-MASSTM coating by Thermal Designs Inc. In the event of a fire, the
coating will expand and absorb the externally supplied thermal energy of the fire.
2. Characteristics
 Chemically inert
 Fixed passive fire protection
 Segment-moulded coating
 Test in accordance with strict standards
 Protection of electronic elements for 30 minutes at 1,100 °C/2,000 °F
3. Advantages
 Does not fan the fire
 Device remains fully operational
 Full access to any component part, without removal of fire protection
 Local operation not impaired
 Minimum space requirement
 No additional installation cost
 Good heat dissipation characteristics
 Ambient temperatures –40 °C to +40 °C, –60 °C to +60 °C as an option
 Permanent corrosion protection
 Always ready for use
 Meets the requirements of ANSI/API607 and UL 1709
4. In case of fire
4.1 Actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes remain completely operational during minimum 30 minutes at a temperature up to
1 100 °C/2 000 °F. Within this period of time, the corresponding fireproof valve can be operated.
5. Qualifications
5.1 K-MassTM is hydrocarbon jet and pool fire tested by:
 Bureau Veritas
 Faverdale Technology Centre
 Sintef of Norway
 Southwest Research Institute
6. Finish painting
The finish painting depends on the desired colour.
6.1 The intermediate painting is applied to the housing parts:

Structure: 2-component painting based on epoxy resin with micaceous iron oxide
Colour: Green (DB 601)
Film thickness: 80 μm (dry)
6.2 Housing parts are finish painted with:

Structure: 2-component finish painting based on polyurethane with micaceous iron oxide
Y005.992/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

K-Mass™
Technical description Electric actuators, actuator controls and gearboxes in K-Mass™ (regis-
tered trademark of Thermal Designs Inc.) fireproof version
6.3 Housing parts are coated with finish painting for special colours:
Structure: 2-component finish painting based on polyurethane
6.4 Mounting face to the valve is without surface treatment, covered with a metallic surface protection or powder coated.
Y005.992/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

AUMA products
Technical data Grease and oil quantities

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 07.1 – SAR 30.1; SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2
SAExC 07.1 – SAExC 16.1; SARExC 07.1 – SARExC 16.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2
SAN 07.1 – SAN 25.1; SARN 07.1 – 25.1; SAN 07.2 – SAN 16.2; SARN 07.2 – SARN 16.2
SAI 07.2 – SAI 16.2; SARI 07.2 – SARI 16.2
Part-turn actuators SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2; SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2; SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2; SQREx 05.2 – SQREx 14.2
SG 05 – SG 12; SG 05.1 – SG 12.1; SGR 05.1 – SGR 12.1; SGExC 05.1 – SGExC 12.1
SG 04.2 – SG 10.2; SG 03.3 – SG 05.3
SGM 04.1 – SGM 10.1; SGMR 04.1 – SGMR 10.1; SGC 04.1 – SGC 10.1; SGCR 04.1 – SGCR 10.1
Globe valve actuators SV 05.1 – SV 07.1; SVM 05.1 – SVM 07.5; SVMR 05.1 – SVMR 07.5; SVC 05.1 – SVC 07.5; SVCR 05.1 – SVCR 07.5
Worm gearboxes GS 50.3 – GS 125.3; GS 315 – GS 500; GS 160.3 – GS 250.3; GS 630.3
Primary reduction gearing VZ 2.3 – VZ 4.3; GZ 160.3 – GZ 250.3; GZ 16 – GZ 40; GZ 630.3
Coaxial planetary gearing GP 10.1 – GP 30.1
Lever gearboxes GF 50.3 – GF 250.3
Spur gearboxes GST 10.1 – GST 40.1
Bevel gearboxes GK 10.2 – GK 40.2
Linear thrust units LE 12.1 – LE 200.1
Multi-turn gearboxes GHT 320.3 – GHT 1200.3
SA 07.1/07.5 10.0/10.1 14.1/14.5 16.1 25.1 30.1 35.1 40.1 48.1
3 0.62 -0.03 0.93 -0.04 2.3 -0.1 4.5 ±0.1 11.0 ±0.2 16.0 ±0.2 29.0 +0.4 36.0 +0.4 56.0 +0.5
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.56 -0.03 0.84 -0.04 2.1 -0.1 4.1 ±0.1 9.9 ±0.2 14.4 ±0.2 26.1 +0.4 32.4 +0.4 50.4 +0.5
SA 07.2/07.6 10.2 14.2/14.6 16.2
F07 F10/G0
Qty dm3 0.58 ±0.02 0.525 ±0.02 0.9 ±0.02 1.76 ±0.05 3.1 ±0.05
Weight kg1) 0.52 ±0.02 0,47 ±0,02 0.81 ±0.02 1.58 ±0.05 2.8 ±0.05
Part-turn actuators
SQ 05.2 07.2 10.2 12.2 14.2
3 0.7 ±0.02 0.7 ±0.02 1.3 ±0.02 1.7 ±0.02 1.8 ±0.05
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.63 ±0.02 0.63 ±0.02 1.17 ±0.02 1.53 ±0.02 1.62 ±0.05
SG 05 07 10 12
3 0.3 0.3 0.52 0.8
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.27 0.27 0.47 0.72
SG 05.1 07.1 10.1 12.1
3 0.3 0.3 0.52 0.8
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.27 0.27 0.47 0.72
SG 04.2 05.2 07.2 10.2
3 0.09 0.14 0.30 0.52
Qty dm
Weight kg2) 0.07 0.12 0.25 0.43
SG 03.3 04.3 05.3
Qty dm3 0.14 0.14 0.23
Weight kg2) 0.12 0.12 0.19
SGM/SGC 04.1 05.1 07.1 10.1
3 0.11 0.11 0.24 0.40
Qty dm
Weight kg2) 0.09 0.09 0.20 0.33
Globe valve actuators

SV 05.1 07.1
3 0.14 0.30
Qty dm
2) 0.12 0.25
Weight kg
1) – 2) Refer to notes on page 3.

Y003.176/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/3

AUMA products
SVM/SVC 05.1 07.1/07.5

3 0.11 0.24
Qty dm
2) 0.09 0.20
Weight kg
Worm gearboxes
GS 315 400 500
Qty dm3 27.5 55.0 110.0
Weight kg1) 25.0 50.0 100.0
GS 50.3 63.3 80.3 100.3 125.3 160.3 200.3 250.3 630.3
Qty dm3 0.1 0.3 0.4 1.0 1.3 3.3 6.6 12.2 216.7
1) 0.09 0.27 0.36 0.9 1.17 3.0 6.0 11.0 195.0
Weight kg
Primary reduction gearing

VZ 2.3 3.3 4.3
Qty dm3 0.35 0.35 0.35
Weight kg1) 0.32 0.32 0.32
GZ 30 35 40 40/16
Qty dm3 17.6 18.7 57.2 61.9
Weight kg1) 16.0 17.0 52.0 56.3
GZ 160.3 200.3 200.3 250.3 250.3 630.3 630.3 630.3
(4:1/8:1) (4:1/8:1) (16:1) (4:1/8:1) (16:1) (4:1/8:1) (16:1/32:1) (64:1/133:1)
Qty dm3 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5 11.1 16.7 21.1
Weight kg1) 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.25 10.0 15.0 19.0
Coaxial planetary gearing

GP 10.1/14.1 10.1/14.1 10.1/14.1 16.1 25.1 25.1 30.1 30.1
(2, 4:1) (3:1) (4:1) (4:1/8:1) (16:1) (4:1/8:1) (16:1)
Qty dm3 0.35 0.35 0.35 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5
Weight kg1) 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.25
Lever gearboxes
GF 50.3 63.3 80.3 100.3 125.3 160.3 200.3 250.3
3 0.14 0.33 0.55 1.3 1.65 4.3 8.5 15.5
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.13 0.3 0.5 1.2 1.5 3.85 7.65 14.0
Spur gearboxes
GST 10.1 14.1/14.5 16.1 25.1 30.1 35.1 40.1
3 0.7 1.5 3.0 8.0 12.0 20.0 27.0
Qty dm
Weight kg1) 0.62 1.3 2.7 7.1 10.7 17.8 24.0
Bevel gearboxes
GK 10.2 14.2/14.6 16.2 25.2 30.2 35.2 40.2
3 0.25 0.6 1.0 4.0 14.0 20.0 22.0
Qty dm
1) 0.22 0.53 0.9 3.6 12.5 17.8 19.6
Weight kg
Multi-turn gearboxes
GHT 320.3 500.3 800.3 1200.3
Qty dm3 30.0 71.5 93.5 146.5
1) 27 64.4 84.2 131.9
Weight kg

Y003.176/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/3

AUMA products
Linear thrust units

LE 12.1-50 12.1-100 12.1-125 12.1-200 12.1-250 12.1-400 12.1-500 50.1-63 50.1-125 50.1-250
25.1-50 25.1-100 25.1-125 25.1-200 25.1-250 25.1-400 25.1-500
Qty dm3 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.54 0.65 0.26 0.41 0.65
Weight kg1) 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.26 0.33 0.50 0.60 0.28 0.38 0.70
LE 50.1-400 70.1-80 70.1-160 70.1-320 70.1-400 200.1-100 200.1-200 200.1-400 200.1-500
100.1-80 100.1-160 100.1-320 100.1-400
Qty dm3 1.09 0.52 0.88 1.48 1.79 1.71 2.80 4.92 6.11
Weight kg1) 1.01 0.48 0.81 1.37 1.65 1.58 2.58 4.53 5.63
Notes on tables on pages 1 and 2

1) For ρ = approx. 0.9 kg/dm3
2) For ρ = approx. 0.83 kg/dm3
Y003.176/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 3/3

Actuators
Technical data Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing
Temperature range
Type Normal (standard) Extreme low temperature High temperature
List designation N EL-50 EL-60 H
Actuator Version °C Grease/oil °C Grease °C Grease °C Grease
SA 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+80 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3
SA 25.1 – 48.1 Standard –25/+80 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3
SA 07.2 – 16.2 With oil –25/+80 O9 – – – – – –
SAR 07.2 – 16.2 Standard –40/+60 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAR 25.1 – 30.1 Standard –40/+60 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 07.2 4 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 32 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 07.6
45 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 11 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 10.2
16 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 11 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 14.2
16 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 14.6 4 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 16.2 4 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAEx 25.1 – 48.1 4 – 180 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 45 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 07.2
63 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 45 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 07.6
63 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 45 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 10.2
63 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
4 – 11 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 14.2
16 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 14.6 4 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 16.2 4 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F11 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAREx 25.1 – 30.1 4 – 90 rpm Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SAN 07.1 – 25.1 Nuclear –25/+80 F11 – – – – – –
SARN 07.1 – 25.1 Nuclear –25/+80 F11 – – – – – –
SAI6 – 100 Nuclear –20/+80 F11 – – – – – –
SAI 07.2 – 16.2 Nuclear –20/+80 F11 – – – – – –
1) Nuclear –25/+80 F11 – – – – – –
SAN 07.2 – 16.2
SQ 05.1 – 14.1 Standard –40/+80 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 0/+120 F3
SQR 05.1 – 14.1 Standard –40/+60 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SQEx 05.1 – 14.1 Ex –40/+60 F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SQREx 05.1 – 14.1 Ex –40/+40 (+60) F15 –50/+60 F2 –60/+60 F2 – –
SGC 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SGCR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SGM 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SGMR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SVC 05.1 – 07.5 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SVCR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SVM 05.1 – 07.5 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
SVMR 04.1 – 12.1 Marine –25/+70 O2 – – – – – –
Notes on table
1) Qualification pending
Y003.808/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

Actuators
Technical data Ambient temperatures/lubricant in the gear housing
Lubricants:
F2 = Fuchs Discor R EP 000
F3 = Zepf AR 12 K
F11 = Fuchs Renolit LST
F15 = Shell Alvania 1029
O2 = Fuchs Unisyn SC 32
O9 = Oest SAE 75W-90
Y003.808/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

Telescopic protection tube
Technical description Position indication with telescopic protection tube
The schematic representation applies to:

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2, SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2, SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2, SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2
SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Screwed version: Screwed version:

Size 7 – 16 Size 25 – 40
Hexagon screw
h
Inner tube (fixed)
Outer tube (rising)
Operating rod
Hexagon nut DIN 439
AF 17
Thread (standard M16)
H
Hollow shaft
– X*
Bearing flange
Valve stem
g
Output drive type A (if available)
Mounting face
+ X*
X* = Distance between mounting face and upper edge of stem while valve is closed
–X, if stem protrudes into output drive or hollow shaft
–X, if stem is outside output drive or hollow shaft
Note: Tube length will be adapted to the valve stroke.

Y001.195/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/2

Telescopic protection tube
Technical description Position indication with telescopic protection tube
Calculation and sizing of the telescopic protection tube

1. Housing height for different products
Type Housing of output drive type B Protective cap Output drive type A
H h g
SA 07.2/SA 07.6 153 25 40
SA 10.2 162 25 50
SA 14.2/SA 14.6 188 32 65
SA 16.2 227 32 80
SA 25.1 292 – 130
SA 30.1 330 – 160
SA 35.1 388 – 185
SA 40.1 393 – 225
SA 48.1 475 – 270
GK 10.2 162 25 50
GK 14.2/GK 14.6 180 32 65
GK 16.2 194 32 80
GK 25.2 218 – 130
GK 30.1 258 – 160
GK 35.2 310 – 185
GK 40.2 325 – 225
GST 10.1 111 25 50
GST 14.1/GST 14.5 140 32 65
GST 16.1 175 32 80
GST 25.1 193 – 130
GST 30.1 226 – 160
GST 35.1 303 – 185
GST 40.1 318 – 225
2. Calculation of outer tube length and rod length

Determination of inner tube length (identical to outer tube length)
Stroke mm
Safety + 50 mm
Sum = Inner tube length = mm
Inner tube length rounded to full 100 mm = mm
Determining the rod length:
Housing height H mm
Height of protective cap h + mm
Height of output drive type A (if output drive type A is g

+ mm
ordered)
Outer tube length (=inner tube length) + mm
Safety + 30 mm
Sum 1 = mm
Stem overlap according to drawing +X/–X +/– mm
Rod length = mm
Rod length rounded to full 10 mm = mm
Determination of the thread:

Unless specified otherwise by the customer the M16 thread will be used. If desired, an M12 thread can be used.
Purchase requisition:
Outer tube length/thread/rod length (e.g. 200/M16/275)
Y001.195/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 2/2

Stem protection tube
Technical description Stem protection tube with seal
The schematic representation applies to:

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2; SAEx 07.2 – SAEx 16.2; SAREx 07.2 – SAREx 16.2
SA 25.1 – SA 40.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1; SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Cap for protection tube
Stem protection tube
V-seal
Housing
Y006.395/001/de Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

4 Electrical data Actuators
3-phase AC current (standard voltages)

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1, short-time duty S2-15 min. 220 V/50 Hz 102
230 V/50 Hz 104
240 V/50 Hz 106
380 V/50 Hz 108
400 V/50 Hz 110
415 V/50 Hz 112
440 V/60 Hz 114
460 V/60 Hz 116
480 V/60 Hz 118
500 V/50 Hz 120
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1, short-time duty S2-30 min. 220 V/50 Hz 122
230 V/50 Hz 124
240 V/50 Hz 126
380 V/50 Hz 128
400 V/50 Hz 130
415 V/50 Hz 132
440 V/60 Hz 134
460 V/60 Hz 136
480 V/60 Hz 138
500 V/50 Hz 140
SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1, intermittent duty S4-25% 220 V/50 Hz 142
230 V/50 Hz 144
4. Electrical data
240 V/50 Hz 146
Actuators
380 V/50 Hz 148
400 V/50 Hz 150
415 V/50 Hz 152
440 V/60 Hz 154
460 V/60 Hz 156
480 V/60 Hz 158
500 V/50 Hz 160
SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1, intermittent duty S4-50% 220 V/50 Hz 162
230 V/50 Hz 164
240 V/50 Hz 166
380 V/50 Hz 168
400 V/50 Hz 170
415 V/50 Hz 172
440 V/60 Hz 174
460 V/60 Hz 176
480 V/60 Hz 178
500 V/50 Hz 180
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
Electrical data multi-turn actuators for open-close duty with 3-phase AC motors
Short-time duty S2 - 15 min, 220 V/50 Hz
Multi-turn actuator Motor
Output Max. Nominal Nominal Max. cur- Starting cur- Overcurr. AUMA power class for
speed torque power1) Speed current2) rent3) rent prot. device switchgear
Type [rpm] [Nm] Motor type PN [kW] [rpm] IN (A) Imax [A] IA [A] cos  setting [A] Contactor Thyristor
4 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
8 12 19 66 0.80 12 A2 –
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A2 –
SAEx 16 17 28 100 0.78 17 A2 –
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 17 35 100 0.78 17 A2 –
32 38 69 207 0.65 38 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –
63 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –
4 19 26 62 0.58 19 A2 –
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 19 28 62 0.58 19 A2 –
8 22 35 104 0.77 22 A3 –
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 22 40 104 0.77 22 A3 –
SAEx 16 31 48 207 0.78 31 A4 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 31 52 207 0.78 31 A4 –
32 76 100 345 0.63 76 A5 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 76 116 345 0.63 76 A5 –
63 112 138 639 0.88 112 A6 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –
4 35 52 121 0.44 35 A4 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 35 60 112 0.44 35 A4 –
8 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 38 95 207 0.65 38 A4 –
16 8,000 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –
32 69 138 449 0.90 69 A5 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 69 164 449 0.90 69 A5 –
4 52 95 161 0.50 52 A4 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 52 100 161 0.50 52 A4 –
8 76 121 345 0.63 76 A5 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 76 150 345 0.63 76 A5 –
40.1 16 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 112 225 639 0.88 112 A6 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 276 639 0.88 112 A6 –
Notes on table
1) Nominal power PN Mechanical power output at motor shaft at running torque of multi-turn actuator (corresponds to approx.
50 % of maximum torque).
The consumed electrical power can be calculated using the following formula:
P = U x I x cos x √3
2) Nominal current IN Current at running torque
3) Max. current Imax Current at maximum torque
Notes on installation and sizing

Motor data Motor data is approximate. Due to usual manufacturing tolerances, there may be deviations from the values
given.
Y003.698/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
Thermoswitches/PTC thermistors To protect against overheating, thermoswitches or PTC thermistors are embedded in the motor windings.
Actuators without integral controls (AUMA NORM):

Thermoswitches or PTC thermistors have to be considered within the external controls (refer to terminal plan).
Note: Failure to connect thermoswitches or PTC thermistors shall void the warranty for the motor.
According to EN 60079-14, a thermal overcurrent protection device (e.g. motor protection switch)
must be installed for explosion-proof actuators in addition to the thermoswitches. PTC thermistors
Rating of the thermoswitches
AC current DC current
250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A
Actuators with AMExC or ACExC integral controls:

Thermal motor protection is already integrated.
Mains voltage, mains frequency Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %
Permissible variation of mains frequency: ± 5%
Switchgear sizing For motor operation, reversing contactors (mechanically, electrically and electronically locked) or thyristors (elec-
tronically locked) can be used.

Switchgear are supplied by the customer. We recommend specification of switchgear suitable for their rated
operating power/motor power in compliance with the assigned AUMA power class.
Switchgear assignment to AUMA power classes:
AUMA Reversing contactor Reversing contactor
power class Rated operating power acc. to EN Motor power
60947-4-1 according to UL/CSA at
Utilization category AC-3
400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
power class Rated operating current acc. to EN
60947-4-2
Utilization category AC-53a
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Required switchgear in power classes A1 – A3 or B1 – B3 are already integrated in AMExC or ACExC controls.
For switchgear of power classes A4 – A6, a control box is additionally required.
For actuators with AMExC integral actuator controls and installed switchgear in AUMA power class A3, an
optional thermal overcurrent protection device cannot be directly integrated within the AMExC. An additional
control box is required. However, ACExC actuator controls can be used instead of AMExC controls. When opt-
ing for ACExC controls, the additional control box can be omitted.
Y003.698/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
8 12 19 66 0.80 12 A2 –
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A2 –
SAEx 16 17 28 100 0.78 17 A2 –
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 17 35 100 0.78 17 A2 –
32 38 69 207 0.65 38 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –
63 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –
4 19 26 62 0.58 19 A2 –
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 19 28 62 0.58 19 A2 –
8 22 35 104 0.77 22 A3 –
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 22 40 104 0.77 22 A3 –
SAEx 16 31 48 207 0.78 31 A4 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 31 52 207 0.78 31 A4 –
32 76 100 345 0.63 76 A5 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 76 116 345 0.63 76 A5 –
63 112 138 639 0.88 112 A6 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –
4 35 52 121 0.44 35 A4 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 35 60 112 0.44 35 A4 –
8 38 83 207 0.65 38 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 38 95 207 0.65 38 A4 –
16 8,000 52 104 328 0.90 52 A4 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 52 121 328 0.90 52 A4 –
32 69 138 449 0.90 69 A5 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 69 164 449 0.90 69 A5 –
4 52 95 161 0.50 52 A4 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 52 100 161 0.50 52 A4 –
8 76 121 345 0.63 76 A5 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 76 150 345 0.63 76 A5 –
40.1 16 112 173 639 0.88 112 A6 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 112 225 639 0.88 112 A6 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 112 276 639 0.88 112 A6 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.699/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.699/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 11 14 27 0.48 11 A2 B3
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 11 16 27 0.48 11 A2 B3
8 11 17 60 0.80 11 A2 B3
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 11 19 60 0.80 11 A2 B3
SAEx 16 16 25 92 0.78 16 A2 –
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 16 32 92 0.78 16 A2 –
32 35 63 190 0.65 35 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 35 76 190 0.65 35 A4 –
63 48 95 301 0.90 48 A4 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 48 111 301 0.90 48 A4 –
4 17 24 57 0.58 17 A2 –
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 17 25 57 0.58 17 A2 –
8 21 32 95 0.77 21 A3 –
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 21 36 95 0.77 21 A3 –
SAEx 16 29 44 190 0.78 29 A3 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 29 48 190 0.78 29 A3 –
32 70 92 317 0.63 70 A5 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 70 106 317 0.63 70 A5 –
63 103 127 586 0.88 103 A5 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 103 158 586 0.88 103 A5 –
4 32 48 111 0.44 32 A4 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 32 55 111 0.44 32 A4 –
8 35 76 190 0.65 35 A4 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 35 87 190 0.65 35 A4 –
16 8,000 48 95 301 0.90 48 A4 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 48 111 301 0.90 48 A4 –
32 63 127 412 0.90 63 A5 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 63 150 412 0.90 63 A5 –
4 48 87 147 0.50 48 A4 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 48 92 147 0.50 48 A4 –
8 70 111 317 0.63 70 A5 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 70 138 317 0.63 70 A5 –
40.1 16 103 158 586 0.88 103 A5 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 103 206 586 0.88 103 A5 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 103 253 586 0.88 103 A5 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.700/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.700/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
8 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
SAEx 16 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
32 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
63 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
4 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
8 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
SAEx 16 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –
32 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –
63 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
4 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –
8 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –
16 8,000 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
32 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –
4 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –
8 44 70 200 0.63 44 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –
40.1 16 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 65 170 370 0.88 65 A4 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 200 370 0.88 65 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.701/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.701/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
8 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
SAEx 16 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
32 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
63 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
4 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
8 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
SAEx 16 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –
32 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –
63 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
4 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –
8 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –
16 8,000 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
32 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –
4 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –
8 44 70 200 0.63 44 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –
40.1 16 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 65 170 370 0.88 65 A4 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 65 200 370 0.88 65 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.702/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.702/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 6.0 8.0 16 0.48 6.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 6.0 9.0 16 0.48 6.0 A2 B2
8 6.0 10 35 0.80 6.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 6.0 11 35 0.80 6.0 A2 B2
SAEx 16 9.0 15 53 0.78 9.0 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 9.0 18 53 0.78 9.0 A2 B3
32 20 37 110 0.65 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –
63 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –
4 10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
8 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
SAEx 16 16 26 110 0.78 16 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 16 27 110 0.78 16 A2 –
32 40 53 183 0.63 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 40 61 183 0.63 40 A4 –
63 60 119 339 0.88 60 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 60 137 339 0.88 60 A4 –
4 18 27 64 0.44 18 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 18 32 64 0.44 18 A2 –
8 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 20 50 110 0.65 20 A3 –
16 8,000 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –
32 37 73 238 0.90 37 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 37 87 238 0.90 37 A4 –
4 27 50 85 0.50 27 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 27 53 85 0.50 27 A3 –
8 40 64 183 0.63 40 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 40 80 183 0.63 40 A4 –
40.1 16 60 137 339 0.88 60 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 60 156 339 0.88 60 A4 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 60 183 339 0.88 60 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.704/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.704/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4.8 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 840
6.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
9.6 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
SAEx 19 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 3,360
25.1 26 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
38 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
54 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
75 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
108 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
4.8 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 840
6.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
9.6 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
SAEx 19 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 3,360
30.1 26 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –
38 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
54 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –
75 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
108 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
4.8 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 840
6.7 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –
9.6 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
SAEx 13 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –
19 8,000 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
26 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
38 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 3,360
54 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –
4.8 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 840
6.7 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –
9.6 44 70 200 0.63 44 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
13 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –
40.1 19 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
26 65 170 370 0.88 65 A4 –
38 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360 65 200 370 0.88 65 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.705/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.705/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4.8 7.0 9.0 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 840
6.7 7.0 10 17 0.48 7.0 A2 B2
9.6 7.0 11 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 7.0 12 38 0.80 7.0 A2 B2
SAEx 19 10 16 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 3,360
25.1 26 10 20 58 0.78 10 A2 B3
38 22 40 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
54 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
75 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
108 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
4.8 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 840
6.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
9.6 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 13 23 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
SAEx 19 18 28 120 0.78 18 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 3,360
30.1 26 18 30 120 0.78 18 A2 –
38 44 58 200 0.63 44 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
54 44 67 200 0.63 44 A4 –
75 65 130 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
108 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
4.8 20 30 70 0.44 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 840
6.7 20 35 70 0.44 20 A2 –
9.6 22 48 120 0.65 22 A3 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
SAEx 13 22 55 120 0.65 22 A3 –
19 8,000 30 60 190 0.90 30 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
26 30 70 190 0.90 30 A3 –
38 40 80 260 0.90 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 3,360
54 40 95 260 0.90 40 A4 –
4.8 30 55 93 0.50 30 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 840
6.7 30 58 93 0.50 30 A3 –
9.6 44 70 200 0.63 44 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
13 44 87 200 0.63 44 A4 –
40.1 19 65 150 370 0.88 65 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
26 65 170 370 0.88 65 A4 –
38 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360 65 200 370 0.88 65 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.706/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.706/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4.8 6.0 8.0 16 0.48 6.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 840
6.7 6.0 9.0 16 0.48 6.0 A2 B2
9.6 6.0 10 35 0.80 6.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 6.0 11 35 0.80 6.0 A2 B2
SAEx 19 9.0 15 53 0.78 9.0 A2 B3
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 3,360
25.1 26 9.0 18 53 0.78 9.0 A2 B3
38 20 37 110 0.65 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
54 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –
75 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
108 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –
4.8 10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 840
6.7 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
9.6 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
SAEx 19 16 26 110 0.78 16 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 3,360
30.1 26 16 27 110 0.78 16 A2 –
38 40 53 183 0.63 40 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
54 40 61 183 0.63 40 A4 –
75 60 119 339 0.88 60 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
108 60 137 339 0.88 60 A4 –
4.8 18 27 64 0.44 18 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 840
6.7 18 32 64 0.44 18 A2 –
9.6 20 44 110 0.65 20 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,680
SAEx 13 20 50 110 0.65 20 A3 –
19 8,000 27 55 174 0.90 27 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 3,360
26 27 64 174 0.90 27 A3 –
38 37 73 238 0.90 37 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 3,360
54 37 87 238 0.90 37 A4 –
4.8 27 50 85 0.50 27 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 840
6.7 27 53 85 0.50 27 A3 –
9.6 40 64 183 0.63 40 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,680
13 40 80 183 0.63 40 A4 –
40.1 19 60 137 339 0.88 60 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360
26 60 156 339 0.88 60 A4 –
38 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 3,360 60 183 339 0.88 60 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.707/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.707/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1
4 5.0 7.0 13 0.48 5.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-8/130 1.1 700
5.6 5.0 8.0 13 0.48 5.0 A2 B2
8 5.0 8.0 29 0.80 5.0 A2 B2
ADX0 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 5.0 9.0 29 0.80 5.0 A2 B2
SAEx 16 8.0 12 44 0.78 8.0 A2 B2
2,000 ADX0 90-2/130 4.0 2,800
25.1 22 8.0 15 44 0.78 8.0 A2 –
32 17 30 91 0.65 17 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
45 17 36 91 0.65 17 A2 –
63 23 46 144 0.90 23 A3 –
ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
90 23 53 144 0.90 23 A3 –
4 8.0 11 27 0.58 8.0 A2 B2
ADX0 112-8/140 2.2 700
5.6 8.0 12 27 0.58 8.0 A2 B2
8 10 15 46 0.77 10 A2 B3
ADX0 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 10 17 46 0.77 10 A2 B3
SAEx 16 14 21 91 0.78 14 A2 –
4,000 ADX0 112-2/140 7.5 2,800
30.1 22 14 23 91 0.78 14 A2 –
32 33 44 152 0.63 33 A4 –
ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
45 33 51 152 0.63 33 A4 –
63 49 99 281 0.88 49 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
90 49 114 281 0.88 49 A4 –
4 15 23 53 0.44 15 A2 –
ADX0 132-8/150 4.0 700
5.6 15 27 53 0.44 15 A2 –
8 17 36 91 0.65 17 A2 –
ADX0 132-4/140 7.5 1,400
SAEx 11 17 42 91 0.65 17 A2 –
16 8,000 23 46 144 0.90 23 A3 –
35.1 ADX0 132-2/180 15 2,800
22 23 53 144 0.90 23 A3 –
32 30 61 198 0.90 30 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/214 20 2,800
45 30 72 198 0.90 30 A4 –
4 23 42 71 0.50 23 A3 –
ADX0 160-8/165 7.5 700
5.6 23 44 71 0.50 23 A3 –
8 33 53 152 0.63 33 A4 –
SAEx 16,000 ADX0 160-4/160 15 1,400
11 33 66 152 0.63 33 A4 –
40.1 16 49 114 281 0.88 49 A4 –
ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800
22 49 129 281 0.88 49 A4 –
32 14,000 ADX0 160-2/215 30 2,800 49 152 281 0.88 49 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y003.708/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.708/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

Nomi- AUMA power class for
Output Max. Nominal nal cur- Max. Starting Overcurr. switchgear
speed torque power1) Speed rent2) current3) current prot. device
4 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –
8 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –
SAEx 16 13 17 93 0.78 13 A2 –
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 13 24 93 0.78 13 A2 –
32 31 57 190 0.70 31 A4 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 31 69 190 0.70 31 A4 –
63 38 78 301 0.80 38 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 38 90 301 0.80 38 A4 –
4 16 21 59 0.50 16 A2 –
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 16 22 59 0.50 16 A2 –
8 17 22 95 0.81 17 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 17 24 95 0.81 17 A2 –
SAEx 16 21 43 190 0.73 21 A3 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 21 60 190 0.73 21 A3 –
32 62 81 294 0.65 62 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 62 95 294 0.65 62 A4 –
63 73 147 587 0.84 73 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 73 168 587 0.84 73 A5 –
4 26 38 107 0.47 26 A3 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 26 45 107 0.47 26 A3 –
8 31 62 190 0.70 31 A4 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 31 76 190 0.70 31 A4 –
5,700
35.1 16 38 83 301 0.80 38 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 38 100 301 0.80 38 A4 –
32 45 90 380 0.94 45 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 45 107 380 0.94 45 A4 –
4 40 73 152 0.47 40 A4 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 40 76 152 0.47 40 A4 –
8 62 95 345 0.65 62 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 62 112 345 0.65 62 A4 –
40.1 16 73 164 587 0.84 73 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 259 587 0.84 73 A5 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.819/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.819/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –
8 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –
SAEx 16 13 17 93 0.78 13 A2 –
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 13 24 93 0.78 13 A2 –
32 31 57 190 0.70 31 A4 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 31 69 190 0.70 31 A4 –
63 38 78 301 0.80 38 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 38 90 301 0.80 38 A4 –
4 16 21 59 0.50 16 A2 –
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 16 22 59 0.50 16 A2 –
8 17 22 95 0.81 17 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 17 24 95 0.81 17 A2 –
SAEx 16 21 43 190 0.73 21 A3 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 21 60 190 0.73 21 A3 –
32 62 81 294 0.65 62 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 62 95 294 0.65 62 A4 –
63 73 147 587 0.84 73 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 73 168 587 0.84 73 A5 –
4 26 38 107 0.47 26 A3 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 26 45 107 0.47 26 A3 –
8 31 62 190 0.70 31 A4 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 31 76 190 0.70 31 A4 –
5,700
35.1 16 38 83 301 0.80 38 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 38 100 301 0.80 38 A4 –
32 45 90 380 0.94 45 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 45 107 380 0.94 45 A4 –
4 40 73 152 0.47 40 A4 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 40 76 152 0.47 40 A4 –
8 62 95 345 0.65 62 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 62 112 345 0.65 62 A4 –
40.1 16 73 164 587 0.84 73 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 259 587 0.84 73 A5 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.820/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.820/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 10 13 25 0.48 10 A2 –
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 10 14 25 0.48 10 A2 –
8 9.5 13 54 0.80 9.5 A2 B3
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 9.5 14 54 0.80 9.5 A2 B3
SAEx 16 12 16 86 0.78 12 A2 –
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 12 22 86 0.78 12 A2 –
32 29 52 174 0.70 29 A3 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 29 63 174 0.70 29 A3 –
63 35 71 276 0.80 35 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 35 82 276 0.80 35 A4 –
4 15 19 54 0.50 15 A2 –
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 15 21 54 0.50 15 A2 –
8 16 21 87 0.81 16 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 16 22 87 0.81 16 A2 –
SAEx 16 19 40 174 0.73 19 A3 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 19 55 174 0.73 19 A3 –
32 57 74 269 0.65 57 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 57 87 269 0.65 57 A4 –
63 67 135 538 0.84 67 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 67 154 538 0.84 67 A5 –
4 24 35 98 0.47 24 A3 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 24 41 98 0.47 24 A3 –
8 29 57 174 0.70 29 A3 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 29 70 174 0.70 29 A3 –
5, 700
35.1 16 35 76 276 0.80 35 A4 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 35 92 276 0.80 35 A4 –
32 41 82 348 0.94 41 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 41 98 348 0.94 41 A4 –
4 40 73 152 0.47 40 A4 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 40 76 152 0.47 40 A4 –
8 62 95 345 0.65 62 A4 –
SAEx 11, 200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 62 112 345 0.65 62 A4 –
40.1 16 73 164 587 0.84 73 A5 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 73 207 587 0.84 73 A5 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 73 259 587 0.84 73 A5 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.821/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.821/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
8 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
SAEx 16 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
32 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –
63 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –
4 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
8 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –
SAEx 16 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –
32 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –
63 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –
4 15 22 62 0.47 15 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 15 26 62 0.47 15 A2 –
8 18 36 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 18 44 110 0.70 18 A2 –
5,700
35.1 16 22 48 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 22 58 174 0.80 22 A3 –
32 26 52 220 0.94 26 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 26 62 220 0.94 26 A4 –
4 23 42 88 0.47 23 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 23 44 88 0.47 23 A3 –
8 36 55 200 0.65 36 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 36 65 200 0.65 36 A4 –
40.1 16 42 95 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 42 120 340 0.84 42 A4 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 150 340 0.84 42 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.795/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.795/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
8 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
SAEx 16 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
32 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –
63 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –
4 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
8 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –
SAEx 16 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –
32 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –
63 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –
4 15 22 62 0.47 15 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 15 26 62 0.47 15 A2 –
8 18 36 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 18 44 110 0.70 18 A2 –
5,700
35.1 16 22 48 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 22 58 174 0.80 22 A3 –
32 26 52 220 0.94 26 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 26 62 220 0.94 26 A4 –
4 23 42 88 0.47 23 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 23 44 88 0.47 23 A3 –
8 36 55 200 0.65 36 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 36 65 200 0.65 36 A4 –
40.1 16 42 95 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 42 120 340 0.84 42 A4 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 42 150 340 0.84 42 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.822/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.822/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B3
8 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B2
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B2
SAEx 16 7.1 9.2 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 7.1 13 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B3
32 16 30 101 0.70 16 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 16 37 101 0.70 16 A2 –
63 20 41 159 0.80 20 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 20 48 159 0.80 20 A3 –
4 8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B3
8 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3
SAEx 16 11 23 101 0.73 11 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 11 32 101 0.73 11 A2 –
32 33 43 156 0.65 33 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 33 50 156 0.65 33 A4 –
63 38 78 311 0.84 38 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 38 89 311 0.84 38 A4 –
4 14 20 57 0.47 14 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 14 24 57 0.47 14 A2 –
8 16 33 101 0.70 16 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 16 40 101 0.70 16 A2 –
5,700
35.1 16 20 44 159 0.80 20 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 20 53 159 0.80 20 A3 –
32 24 48 201 0.94 24 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 24 57 201 0.94 24 A4 –
4 21 38 81 0.47 21 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 21 40 81 0.47 21 A3 –
8 33 50 183 0.65 33 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 33 60 183 0.65 33 A4 –
40.1 16 38 87 311 0.84 38 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 38 110 311 0.84 38 A4 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 38 137 311 0.84 38 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.823/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.823/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4.8 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 840
6.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
9.6 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
SAEx 19 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 3,360
25.1 26 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
38 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
54 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –
75 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
108 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –
4.8 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 840
6.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
9.6 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –
SAEx 19 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 3,360
30.1 26 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –
38 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
54 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –
75 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
108 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –
4.8 15 22 62 0.47 15 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 840
6.7 15 26 62 0.47 15 A2 –
9.6 18 36 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
SAEx 13 18 44 110 0.70 18 A2 –
5,700
35.1 19 22 48 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
26 22 58 174 0.80 22 A3 –
38 26 52 220 0.94 26 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 3,360
54 26 62 220 0.94 26 A4 –
4.8 23 42 88 0.47 23 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 840
6.7 23 44 88 0.47 23 A3 –
9.6 36 55 200 0.65 36 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
13 36 65 200 0.65 36 A4 –
40.1 19 42 95 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
26 42 120 340 0.84 42 A4 –
38 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 150 340 0.84 42 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.824/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.824/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4.8 6.4 8.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 840
6.7 6.4 9.0 16 0.48 6.4 A1 B3
9.6 6.0 8.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 6.0 9.0 34 0.80 6.0 A2 B3
SAEx 19 7.8 10 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 3,360
25.1 26 7.8 14 54 0.78 7.8 A2 B3
38 18 33 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
54 18 40 110 0.70 18 A2 –
75 22 45 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
108 22 52 174 0.80 22 A3 –
4.8 9.5 12 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 840
6.7 9.5 13 34 0.50 9.5 A2 B3
9.6 10 13 55 0.81 10 A2 –
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 10 14 55 0.81 10 A2 –
SAEx 19 12 25 110 0.73 12 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 3,360
30.1 26 12 35 110 0.73 12 A2 –
38 36 47 170 0.65 36 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
54 36 55 170 0.65 36 A4 –
75 42 85 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
108 42 97 340 0.84 42 A4 –
4.8 15 22 62 0.47 15 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 840
6.7 15 26 62 0.47 15 A2 –
9.6 18 36 110 0.70 18 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
SAEx 13 18 44 110 0.70 18 A2 –
5,700
35.1 19 22 48 174 0.80 22 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
26 22 58 174 0.80 22 A3 –
38 26 52 220 0.94 26 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 3,360
54 26 62 220 0.94 26 A4 –
4.8 23 42 88 0.47 23 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 840
6.7 23 44 88 0.47 23 A3 –
9.6 36 55 200 0.65 36 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
13 36 65 200 0.65 36 A4 –
40.1 19 42 95 340 0.84 42 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
26 42 120 340 0.84 42 A4 –
38 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360 42 150 340 0.84 42 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.376/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.376/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4.8 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B3
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 840
6.7 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A1 B3
9.6 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B2
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A1 B2
SAEx 19 7.1 9.2 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 3,360
25.1 26 7.1 13 49 0.78 7.1 A2 B3
38 16 30 101 0.70 16 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
54 16 37 101 0.70 16 A2 –
75 20 41 159 0.80 20 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
108 20 48 159 0.80 20 A3 –
4.8 8.7 11 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 840
6.7 8.7 12 31 0.50 8.7 A2 B3
9.6 9.2 12 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 9.2 13 50 0.81 9.2 A2 B3
SAEx 19 11 23 101 0.73 11 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 3,360
30.1 26 11 32 101 0.73 11 A2 –
38 33 43 156 0.65 33 A4 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
54 33 50 156 0.65 33 A4 –
75 38 78 311 0.84 38 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
108 38 89 311 0.84 38 A4 –
4.8 14 20 57 0.47 14 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 840
6.7 14 24 57 0.47 14 A2 –
9.6 16 33 101 0.70 16 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,680
SAEx 13 16 40 101 0.70 16 A2 –
5,700
35.1 19 20 44 159 0.80 20 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 3,360
26 20 53 159 0.80 20 A3 –
38 24 48 201 0.94 24 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 3,360
54 24 57 201 0.94 24 A4 –
4.8 21 38 81 0.47 21 A3 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 840
6.7 21 40 81 0.47 21 A3 –
9.6 33 50 183 0.65 33 A4 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,680
13 33 60 183 0.65 33 A4 –
40.1 19 38 87 311 0.84 38 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360
26 38 110 311 0.84 38 A4 –
38 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 3,360 38 137 311 0.84 38 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.826/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.826/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

4 4.9 6.1 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B2
ADXL 90-8/130 0.75 700
5.6 4.9 6.8 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B2
8 4.6 6.1 26 0.80 4.6 A1 B2
ADXL 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 4.6 6.8 26 0.80 4.6 A1 B2
SAEx 16 5.9 7.6 41 0.78 5.9 A2 B3
1,400 ADXL 90-2/130 3.0 2,800
25.1 22 5.9 11 41 0.78 5.9 A2 B3
32 14 25 84 0.70 14 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
45 14 30 84 0.70 14 A2 –
63 17 34 132 0.80 17 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
90 17 40 132 0.80 17 A3 –
4 7.2 9.1 26 0.50 7.2 A1 B3
ADXL 112-8/140 1.5 700
5.6 7.2 9.9 26 0.50 7.2 A1 B3
8 7.6 9.9 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B3
ADXL 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 7.6 11 42 0.81 7.6 A2 B3
SAEx 16 9.1 19 84 0.73 9.1 A2 –
2,800 ADXL 112-2/140 5.5 2,800
30.1 22 9.1 27 84 0.73 9.1 A2 –
32 27 36 129 0.65 27 A3 –
ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
45 27 42 129 0.65 27 A3 –
63 32 65 258 0.84 32 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
90 32 74 258 0.84 32 A4 –
4 11 17 47 0.47 11 A2 –
ADXL 132-8/150 3.0 700
5.6 11 20 47 0.47 11 A2 –
8 14 27 84 0.70 14 A2 –
ADXL 132-4/140 5.5 1,400
SAEx 11 14 33 84 0.70 14 A2 –
5,700
35.1 16 17 36 132 0.80 17 A3 –
ADXL 132-2/180 11 2,800
22 17 44 132 0.80 17 A3 –
32 20 40 167 0.94 20 A3 –
ADXL 160-2/214 14 2,800
45 20 47 167 0.94 20 A3 –
4 17 32 67 0.47 17 A2 –
ADXL 160-8/165 5.5 700
5.6 17 33 67 0.47 17 A2 –
8 27 42 152 0.65 27 A3 –
SAEx 11,200 ADXL 160-4/160 11 1,400
11 27 49 152 0.65 27 A3 –
40.1 16 32 72 258 0.84 32 A4 –
ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800
22 32 91 258 0.84 32 A4 –
32 9,800 ADXL 160-2/215 22 2,800 32 114 258 0.84 32 A4 –
Notes on table

given.
Y006.827/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.827/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

Electrical data Multi-turn actuators for modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors
Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %, 220 V/50 Hz
4 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
2,000
25.1 8 12 19 66 0.80 12 A3 –
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A3 –
4 19 26 62 0.58 19 A3 –
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 19 28 62 0.58 19 A3 –
4,000
30.1 8 22 35 104 0.77 22 A3 –
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 22 40 104 0.77 22 A3 –
Notes on table
2) Nominal current IN Current at modulating torque

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.709/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.709/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 12 16 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 12 17 29 0.48 12 A2 B3
2,000
25.1 8 12 19 66 0.80 12 A3 –
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 12 21 66 0.80 12 A3 –
4 19 26 62 0.58 19 A3 –
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 19 28 62 0.58 19 A3 –
4,000
30.1 8 22 35 104 0.77 22 A3 –
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 22 40 104 0.77 22 A3 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.710/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.710/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 11 14 27 0.48 11 A2 B3
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 11 16 27 0.48 11 A2 B3
2,000
25.1 8 11 17 60 0.80 11 A2 B3
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 11 19 60 0.80 11 A2 B3
4 17 24 57 0.58 17 A3 –
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 17 25 57 0.58 17 A3 –
4,000
30.1 8 21 32 95 0.77 21 A3 –
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 21 36 95 0.77 21 A3 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.711/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.711/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 7 9 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 7 10 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 8 7 11 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 7 12 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
4 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 8 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.712/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.712/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 7 9 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 7 10 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 8 7 11 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 7 12 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
4 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 8 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.713/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.713/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 8 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2
4 10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 8 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.714/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.714/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4.8 7 9 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 840
SAREx 6.7 7 10 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 9.6 7 11 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 7 12 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
4.8 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 840
SAREx 6.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 9.6 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.715/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.715/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4.8 7 9 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 840
SAREx 6.7 7 10 17 0.48 7 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 9.6 7 11 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 7 12 38 0.80 7 A2 B2
4.8 11 15 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 840
SAREx 6.7 11 16 36 0.58 11 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 9.6 13 20 60 0.77 13 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 13 23 60 0.77 13 A3 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.716/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.716/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4.8 6.4 8.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 840
SAREx 6.7 6.4 9.2 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 9.6 6.4 10 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,680
13 6.4 11 35 0.80 6.4 A2 B2
4.8 10 14 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 840
SAREx 6.7 10 15 33 0.58 10 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 9.6 12 18 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,680
13 12 21 55 0.77 12 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.717/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.717/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 5.3 6.8 13 0.48 5.3 A2 B2
ADXR 90-8/130 1.1 700
SAREx 5.6 5.3 7.6 13 0.48 5.3 A2 B2
2,000
25.1 8 5.3 8.4 29 0.80 5.3 A2 B2
ADXR 90-4/130 3.0 1,400
11 5.3 9.1 29 0.80 5.3 A2 B2
4 8.4 11 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B3
ADXR 112-8/140 2.2 700
SAREx 5.6 8.4 12 27 0.58 8.4 A2 B3
4,000
30.1 8 10 15 46 0.77 10 A2 B3
ADXR 112-4/110 5.5 1,400
11 10 17 46 0.77 10 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y003.718/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y003.718/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –
1,400
25.1 8 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –
4 16 21 59 0.58 16 A3 –
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 16 22 59 0.58 16 A3 –
2,800
30.1 8 17 22 95 0.77 17 A3 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 17 24 95 0.77 17 A3 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.832/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.832/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 11 14 28 0.48 11 A2 –
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 11 16 28 0.48 11 A2 –
1,400
25.1 8 10 14 59 0.80 10 A2 –
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 10 16 59 0.80 10 A2 –
4 16 21 59 0.58 16 A3 –
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 16 22 59 0.58 16 A3 –
2,800
30.1 8 17 22 95 0.77 17 A3 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 17 24 95 0.77 17 A3 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.835/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.835/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 10 13 25 0.48 10 A2 –
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 10 14 25 0.48 10 A2 –
1,400
25.1 8 9.5 13 54 0.80 9.5 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 9.5 14 54 0.80 9.5 A2 B3
4 15 19 54 0.58 15 A3 –
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 15 21 54 0.58 15 A3 –
2,800
30.1 8 16 21 87 0.77 16 A3 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 16 22 87 0.77 16 A3 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.836/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.836/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 6.4 8 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 6.4 9 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 8 6 8 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 6 9 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
4 9.5 12 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 9.5 13 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 8 10 13 55 0.77 10 A2 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 10 14 55 0.77 10 A2 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.837/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.837/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 6.4 8 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 6.4 9 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 8 6 8 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 6 9 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
4 9.5 12 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 9.5 13 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 8 10 13 55 0.77 10 A2 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 10 14 55 0.77 10 A2 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.838/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.838/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 8 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B2
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B2
4 8.7 11 31 0.58 8.7 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 8.7 12 31 0.58 8.7 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 8 9.2 12 50 0.77 9.2 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 9.2 13 50 0.77 9.2 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.839/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.839/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

4.8 6.4 8 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 840
SAREx 6.7 6.4 9 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 9.6 6 8 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 6 9 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
4.8 9.5 12 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 840
SAREx 6.7 9.5 13 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 9.6 10 13 55 0.77 10 A2 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 10 14 55 0.77 10 A2 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.840/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.840/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

4.8 6.4 8 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 840
SAREx 6.7 6.4 9 16 0.48 6.4 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 9.6 6 8 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 6 9 34 0.80 6 A2 B3
4.8 9.5 12 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 840
SAREx 6.7 9.5 13 34 0.58 9.5 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 9.6 10 13 55 0.77 10 A2 –
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 10 14 55 0.77 10 A2 –
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.841/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.841/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

4.8 5.9 7.3 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 840
SAREx 6.7 5.9 8.2 15 0.48 5.9 A2 B3
1,400
25.1 9.6 5.5 7.3 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B2
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,680
13 5.5 8.2 31 0.80 5.5 A2 B2
4.8 8.7 11 31 0.58 8.7 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 840
SAREx 6.7 8.7 12 31 0.58 8.7 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 9.6 9.2 12 50 0.77 9.2 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,680
13 9.2 13 50 0.77 9.2 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.842/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.842/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/2

4 4.9 6.1 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B2
ADXQ 90-8/130 0.75 700
SAREx 5.6 4.9 6.8 12 0.48 4.9 A1 B2
1,400
25.1 8 4.6 6.1 26 0.80 4.6 A2 B2
ADXQ 90-4/130 2.2 1,400
11 4.6 6.8 26 0.80 4.6 A2 B2
4 7.2 9.1 26 0.58 7.2 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-8/140 1.5 700
SAREx 5.6 7.2 9.9 26 0.58 7.2 A2 B3
2,800
30.1 8 7.6 9.9 42 0.77 7.6 A2 B3
ADXQ 112-4/110 4.0 1,400
11 7.6 11 42 0.77 7.6 A2 B3
Notes on table

given.

250 V, 50 – 60 Hz 60 V 1.0 A
cos  = 1 2.5 A 42 V 1.2 A
cos  = 0.6 1.6 A 24 V 1.5 A

Y006.843/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/2


400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
A1 4.0 kW 5.0 hp 5.0 hp
A2 7.5 kW 10 hp 10 hp
A3 15 kW 20 hp 25 hp
A4 30 kW 60 hp 60 hp
A5 55 kW 75 hp 100 hp
A6 75 kW 100 hp 125 hp
AUMA Thyristor
60947-4-2
400 V AC
B1 6 A
B2 8.5 A
B3 16 A

Y006.843/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 2/2

5 Dimensions Actuators/Actuator controls
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1 / SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 with 3-phase AC motor 184
Accessories
Wall bracket AMExC 186
Wall bracket ACExC 01.2 187
Handwheels 188
Actuators/controls
5. Dimensions
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Dimensions Multi-turn actuators with 3-phase AC motors

With explosion-proof plug/socket connector Ø D2
Version for non
Ø D3
rising stem
Eyebolt A6 A5
Protection tube for rising valve
stem2)
P1
H2
1)
Ø D1
Ø D
H3
A2
H1
A4
P2
h
Base of SA without output A7
drive type A Ø d2 P3
Ø d1 A3
d4
Ø d3
C1 1 ) C2 C3
Output drives according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3210
DIN 3338, Dimensions see overleaf
B2
Ø D4
b
A1
t
B1
L a
Handwheel
HH
BB
1) Exact dimension depending on motor used shaft

2) Only upon specific order
In steps of 100 mm length each E Space required for removal
3) Standard, other threads on request
Dimensions SAEx 25.1/SAREx 25.1 SAEx 30.1/SAREx 30.1 SAEx 35.1 SAEx 40.1
EN ISO 5210 DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7
A1 100 125 160 200
A2 50 50 50 50
A3 150 165 205 205
A4 105 182 223 243
A5 135 150 170 190
A6 116 116 116 116
A7 39 39 39 39
B1 461 495 580 620
B2 170 185 225 250
C1 max. 1) 520 742 816 841
C2 316 345 458 487
C3 93 93 93 93
Ø D max. 1) 230 265 265 265
Ø D1 400 500 400 500
Ø D2 G 4" G 5" M190 x 3 M220 x 3
Ø D3 114.3 x 4.5 139.87 x 4.85 193.7 x 6.3 219.1 x 6.3
Ø D4 25 25 25 25
E 150 150 160 160
H1 150 175 203 208
H2 162 175 214 214
H3 312 350 417 422
L 39 46 39 46
P1 3) M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5
P2 3) M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5
P3 3) M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5
BB min. 40 40 40 40
HH min. 130 130 130 130
Ø a f7 30 30 40 40
b 8 8 12 12
Ø d1 300 350 415 475
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 –
Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406
d4 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M30 8 x M36
h 5 5 5 5 –
t 33 33 43 43
Y000.544/002/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Dimensions Valve attachments according to EN ISO 5210, DIN 3338, DIN 3210
Stem nut Ø d5
Dimensions SAEx 25.1 SAEx 30.1 SAEx 35.1 SAEx 40.1
Type F max. kN 380 460 875 1375
EN ISO 5210 A Ø d6 Ø d1 300 350 415 475
L
g
h3
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300 –
DIN 3210 A
Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406
≥h
h
Ø d2
Z x d4
Ø d3
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36
Ø d1 Ø d5 100 120 160 180
Ø d6 max. 95 115 155 175
g 130 160 185 225
Arrangement of
h 5 5 5 8 –
holes d4
h3 20 25 38 45
L 126 156 180 219
Z 8 8 8 8
Weight kg 41 68 129 207
Output drive plug sleeve 3)

Dimensions SAEx 25.1 SAEx 30.1 SAEx 35.1 SAEx 40.1
b JS9 1) 28 32 40 45
L1
Type Ø d7 H9 100 120 160 180

h3
EN ISO 5210 B 1 = Ø d7 Ø d7 min. 75 90 120 140

>h
EN ISO 5210 B 2 < Ø d7 > Ø h3 25 32 48 58

t
d7 min. L1 110 130 180 200
DIN 3210 B = Ø d7 t 1) 106.4 127.4 169.4 190.4
d7
For missing dimensions, refer to type A

Output drive sleeve Dimensions SAEx 25.1 SAEx 30.1 SAEx 35.1 SAEx 40.1
b JS9 1) 14 18 22 28
Ø d10 H9 50 60 80 100
L1
Ø dy max. 75 90 120 140

Type
h3
h3 25 32 48 58
EN ISO 5210 B 3 = Ø d10
≥h
L1 110 130 180 200

EN ISO 5210 B 4 ≤ Ø dy t t 1) 53.8 64.4 85.4 106.4
DIN 3210 E = Ø d10
b
Weight kg 5.1 8.6 21.2 27.5

d10
dy
Dog coupling 3) Dimensions SAEx 25.1 SAEx 30.1 SAEx 35.1 SAEx 40.1
b1 H11 30 40 45 50
d11 Ø d11 H11 64 75 105 125
Ø d11 min. 50 60 80 100
h
h3
Ø d11 max. 2) 100 120 160 180

h11
Type d12 130 160 200 240

d12
DIN 3338 C = Ø d11 h3 25 32 48 58
h11 11 13 17 20
b1
1) Dimensions depend on Ø d7/ Ø d10, refer to DIN 6885-1

2) For rising valve stem Ø d11 max.= Ø d5 of type A
3) Weight included in actuator
Y000.544/002/en Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

Maße Wandhalter AUMA MATIC ExC
Dimensions wall bracket for AUMA MATIC ExC AMExC
Dimensions du socle d’ AUMA MATIC ExC
Motorsteuerung AUMA MATIC ExC auf Wandhalter
Motor controls AUMA MATIC ExC mounted on wall bracket
Commande moteur AUMA MATIC ExC montée sur socle
M 20x1,5
M 32x1,5
2xM 25x1,5
218
304
M 20x1,5 M 25x1,5
M 32x1,5
212
409
187
154
274 189
115
302
170
M 20x1,5
2x M 25x1,5
85
160
4xØ9
257
10
M 32x1,5
M 20x1,5
M 25x1,5
Stahlpanzerrohrgewinde nur auf Bestellung. 110 150

Steel conduit threads only if ordered.
Filetage pour tube blindé uniquement sur commande.
Durch die Weiterentwicklung bedingte Änderungen bleiben vorbehalten. Mit Erscheinen dieses Datenblattes verlieren frühere Ausgaben ihre Gültigkeit.
We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made. Previous data sheets become invalid with the issue of this data sheet.
Ausgabe
Issue 2.03
Edition
Y003.151/001/de-en-fr
ACExC 01.2 actuator controls on wall bracket
Dimensions ACExC 01.2 wall bracket
Standard version KP
267 78
191 199 171
154
154
240
163
M25 x 1.5 1)
M32 x 1.5 1)
M20 x 1.5 1)
85
160
12 4 x Ø9
277
1)
M32 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5 1) M25 x 1.5 1)
112 150
Version KPH
M32 x 1.5 1)
2x M25 x 1.5 1) 207
M20 x 1.5 1)
292
Version KES
M20 x 1.5 1)
M32 x 1.5 1) 183
M25 x 1.5 1)
404
1) Steel conduit thread subject to explicit order.
Y006.198/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

AHR
Dimensions Handwheels
Ø d1
b Ball handle,
rotating 1)
Ø D1
Ød
t
Keyway according to
DIN 6885-1
a
L1 h
c L
ØD
AHR types made of cast aluminium alloy; colour: black
1) Ball handle
Material: Polyamide
Bearing pin and mounting fixtures made of stainless steel
Dimensions (in mm) Weight
ØD
mm inch Ø d H9 Ø D1 H L L1 a b C Ø d1 h t kg
125 5 12 34 83 36 18 19 4 34 15 13 13.8 0.25
125 5 16 34 83 36 18 19 5 34 15 13 18.3 0.25
160 6 12 34 103 40 20 20 4 34 20 14 13.8 0.40
160 6½ 16 34 103 40 20 20 5 34 20 14 18.3 0.40
160 6½ 20 34 103 40 20 20 6 34 20 14 22.8 0.40
200 8 16 40 108 45 24 25 5 40 20 17 18.3 1.1
200 8 20 40 108 45 24 25 6 40 20 17 22.8 1.1
250 10 16 48 113 50 28 30 5 48 20 21 18.3 1.4
250 10 20 48 113 50 28 30 6 48 20 21 22.8 1.4
315 12 ½ 20 56 150 56 33 33 6 56 25 23 22.8 1.8
315 12 ½ 30 56 150 56 33 33 8 56 25 23 33.3 1.7
400 16 20 70 157 63 38 37 6 70 25 26 22.8 2.9
400 16 30 70 157 63 38 37 8 70 25 26 33.3 2.8
500 20 30 82 166 72 45 40 8 82 25 28 33.3 4.5
500 20 40 82 166 72 45 40 12 82 25 28 43.3 4.5
630 25 30 98 169 75 45 45 8 98 25 31 33.3 7.7
630 25 40 98 169 75 45 45 12 98 25 31 43.3 7.5
800 31 ½ 30 98 185 90 55 45 8 130 25 31 33.3 10.5
800 31 ½ 40 98 185 90 55 45 12 130 25 31 43.3 10.5
Please state handwheel type and Ø D/d in mm when ordering (e.g. AHR 160-20).
Y000.386/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 1/2

AHR
Mounting proposals
A B
Spacer
Circlip Circlip
Circlip
Circlip
Hexagon screw
Spacer
Ball handle, rotating
Washer
Circlip
Spacer
Spacer dimensions (in mm)

Type ØD b Ød h t
b DS 20 4 12 3 13.8
DS 20 4 12 4 13.8
DS 30 5 16 2 18.3
DS 30 5 16 4 18.3
ØD
t
DS 30 6 20 2 22.8
DS 30 6 20 4 22.8
DS 30 6 20 5 22.8
DS 50 8 30 2 33.3
h Ød
DS 50 8 30 5 33.3
DS 60 12 40 10 43.3
Material: Polyamide Colour: black Please state spacer type, Ø d and height h in mm when ordering
(e.g. DS 20x5).
Y000.386/001/de Issue 1.15 Page 2/2

GHR
Dimensions Handwheels according to DIN 950

H
GHR 160 – GHR 200
Ø d1
b
Ball handle, rotating 1)
Ød
t
L1 h
ØD L
GHR 250 – GHR 500 GHR 630 – GHR 800
GHR types made of cast iron; colour: black
1) Ball handle
Material: Polyamide
Bearing pin and mounting fixtures made of stainless steel
Dimensions (in mm)
ØD Weight
mm inch Ø d D9 H L L1 b Ø d1 h t [kg]
160 6½ 16 100 40 20 5 20 18 18.3 1.35
160 6½ 20 100 40 20 6 20 18 22.8 1.35
200 8 20 101 41 20 6 20 22 22.8 2.5
250 10 20 102 42 20 6 20 26 22.8 3.9
250 10 30 110 50 28 8 20 26 33.3 3.9
315 12 ½ 20 148 56 33 6 25 28 22.8 6.3
315 12 ½ 30 148 56 33 8 25 28 33.3 6.2
400 16 30 154 63 38 8 25 32 33.3 9.7
400 16 40 154 63 38 12 25 32 43.3 9.6
500 20 30 156 65 38 8 25 34 33.3 15.6
500 20 40 156 65 38 12 25 34 43.3 15.5
630 25 30 161 70 38 8 25 36 33.3 21.7
630 25 40 161 70 38 12 25 36 43.3 21.6
800 31 ½ 30 183 92 55 8 25 36 33.3 29.4
Please state handwheel type and diameters Ø D/d in mm when ordering (e.g. GHR 160-20).
Y006.409/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/2

GHR
Mounting proposals
A B
Spacer
Circlip
Circlip Circlip
Circlip
Hexagon screw
Spacer Ball handle, rotating
Washer
Circlip
Spacer
Spacer dimensions (in mm)

Type ØD b Ød h t
b DS 20 4 12 3 13.8
DS 20 4 12 4 13.8
DS 30 5 16 2 18.3
DS 30 5 16 4 18.3
ØD
t
DS 30 6 20 2 22.8
DS 30 6 20 4 22.8
DS 30 6 20 5 22.8
DS 50 8 30 2 33.3
h Ød
DS 50 8 30 5 33.3
DS 60 12 40 10 43.3
Material: Polyamide Colour: black Please state spacer type, Ø d and height h in mm when ordering (e.g. DS 20x5).
Y006.409/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/2

6 Dimensions Output drive types
Valve attachments for actuators and gearboxes 194
Multi-turn actuators SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1 / SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1
Output drive type B1 25.2 – 40.2 with output drive plug sleeve 196
Output drive type B3D/ED 25.1 – 35.1 bore with keyway bottom, shaft end top 197
Output drive type IB1 07.2 – 25.2 198
Output drive type IB3 07.2 – 25.2 199
Output drive type A 25.2 – 60.2 stem nut standard version 200
Output drive type A 25.2 – 48.2 stem nut extended version 201
Output drive type D 25.2 – 48.2 shaft end 202

Output drive type DD 25.2 – 48.2 shaft end bottom and top 203
Output drive type AF 25.2 – 60.2 spring loaded stem nut 204
Output drive type AK 25.2 – 35.2 205
Output drives
6. Dimensions
Dimensions Valve attachments for actuators and gearboxes
EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211/DIN 3210/DIN 3338
Comparison between EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211 and DIN 3210/DIN 3338
EN ISO 5210 Multi-turn valve actuator attachments
EN ISO 5211 Part-turn valve actuator attachments
DIN 3210 Output drives of electric actuators for valves (Standard withdrawn)
DIN 3338 Multi-turn actuator attachments, type C
Actuator
h1
(d3) (d3)
Ø d4 Ø d2 Ø d2 Ø d4
Designations deviating from EN ISO
Ø d3 (k) Ø d3 (k)
Ø d1 Ø d1 are indicated in brackets
Flange abbreviation Dimensions (in mm) Quantity of

screws and bolts
EN ISO EN ISO DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO DIN ENI ISO DIN EN ISO DIN
5210 5211 3210 5210 3210 5210 3210 5210 3210 5210 3210 5210 3210 5210 3210
5211 5211 5211 5211 5211 5211
DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN
3338 3338 3338 3338 3338 3338 3338
Ø d1 Ø d1 Ø d2 Ø d2 Ø d3 (k) Ø d4 (d3) h1 max. h1 max.
– F03 – 46 – 25 – 36 – M5 – 3 – 4 –
– F04 – 54 – 30 – 42 – M5 – 3 – 4 –
– F05 – 65 – 35 – 50 – M6 – 3 – 4 –
F07 F07 – 90 – 55 – 70 – M8 – 3 – 4 –
F10 F10 G0 125 125 70 1) 60 1) 102 102 M10 M10 3 3 4 4
F12 F12 – 150 – 85 – 125 – M12 – 3 – 4 –
F14 F14 G1/2 175 175 100 100 140 140 M16 M16 4 4 4 4
F16 F16 G3 210 210 130 130 165 165 M20 M20 5 5 4 4
F25 F25 G4 300 300 200 1) 160 1) 254 254 M16 M16 5 5 8 8
1) 1) 1) 1)
F30 F30 G5 350 350 230 180 298 300 M20 M20 5 5 8 8
F35 F35 G6 415 1) 410 1) 260 1) 220 1) 356 356 M30 M30 5 5 8 8
1) 1)
F40 F40 G7 475 475 300 230 406 406 M36 M36 8 8 8 8
– F48 – 560 – 370 – 483 – M36 – 8 – 12 –
– F60 – 686 – 470 – 603 – M36 – 8 – 20 –
1) Deviating dimensions between EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211/DIN 3338 and DIN 3210
Arrangement of bores for screws Ø d4 (d3)
EN ISO 5210 F07 – F16 F25 – F40 – –

EN ISO 5211 F03 – F16 F25 – F40 F48 F60
DIN 3210 G0 – G3 G4 – G7 – –
DIN 3338 F07 – F16 F25 – F40 – –
Y000.023/003/en Issue 1.13 Page 1/2

Output drives for multi-turn actuators and gearboxes
EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210/DIN3338
stem nut Designation Torque Thrust pos- Application

EN ISO transmission sible
DIN 3210 DIN 3338
5210
rising, non-rotating
A A – X X
valve stem
Output drive plug sleeve
rotating, non-rising
B1
B – X – valve stem or rising,
B2
non-rotating valve stem
Dog coupling
rotating, non-rising
– C C X – valve stem or rising,
non-rotating valve stem
Shaft end
Operation via
– D – X – lever arrangement or
coupling
Bore with keyway
B3 rotating, non-rising
E – X –
B4 valve stem
Y000.023/003/en Issue 1.13 Page 2/2

B1 25.2 – B1 40.2
Dimension Output drive plug sleeve type B1
for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1
Output drive type

EN ISO 5210 B1
H
R
h3
h
h
B Z x d4
Ø d5
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
b
d7
1) Without spigot
2) Dimension not according to DIN 3210
Dimensions B1 25.2 B1 30.2 B1 35.2 B1 40.2
EN ISO 5210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7
B E9 36 55 70 85
H 19 28.5 35 50
R 2 3 3 3
b JS9 28 32 40 45
2)
Ø d1 300 350 415 415 475
1)
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300
Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36
Ø d5 129 155 199 239
Ø d7 H9 100 120 160 180
h 5 5 5 8
h3 28 30 50 60
t 106.4 127.4 169.4 190.4
Z 8 8 8 8
Y001.241/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

B3D 25.1 – B3D 35.1/ED 25.1 – ED 35.1
Dimensions Output drive types B3D/ED, bore with keyway bottom, shaft end top
for SA 25.1 – SA 35.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1
t2
d8
b3
L4
Output drive type
EN ISO 5210 B3D
DIN 3210 ED
A
h3
h
Z x d4
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
t
d10
1) Maß nicht nach DIN 3210

Dimensions B3D 25.2 ED 25.2 B3D 30.2 ED 30.2 B3D 35.2 ED 35.2
EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6
A 393 413 393 413 432 462 432 462 490
b JS9 14 18 22
b3 12 14 12 14 12 18 12 18 12
Ø d1 300 350 415 415 1)
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220
Ø d3 254 298 300 356
d4 M16 M20 M30
Ø d8 g7 40 50 40 50 40 60 40 60 40
Ø d10 H9 50 60 80
h 5 5 5
h3 28 30 50
L1 120 130 140
L4 90 110 90 110 90 120 90 120 90
t 53.8 64.4 85.4
t2 43 53.5 43 53.5 43 64 43 64 43
Z 8 8 8
Y006.732/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

IB1 07.2 – IB1 25.2/IB 07.2 – IB 25.2
Dimensions Output drive type IB1/IB - insulated output drive
for SA 07.1 – SA 25.1/SAR 07.1 – SAR 25.1

GK 10.2 – GK 25.2/GST 10.1 – GST 25.1
Output drive type

ISO 5210 IB1
DIN 3210 IB
g
l1
h3
h
h
Z x d4
45° offset
for clarity Ø d2
purpose Ø d3
Ø d1
d7
1) with intermediate flange for actuator mounting

Dimensions IB1 07.2 IB 07.2 IB1 10.2 IB 10.2 IB1 14.2 IB 14.2 IB1 16.2 IB 16.2 IB1 25.2 IB 25.2
1) 1)
ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F07 F10 G0 1) F10 G0 F14 G1/2 F16 G3 F25 G4
b JS9 8 12 12 18 22 28
Ø d1 90 125 125 180 210 300
Ø d2 f8 55 70 60 70 60 100 130 200 160
Ø d3 70 102 102 140 165 254
d4 M8 M10 M10 M16 M20 M16
Ø d7 H9 28 42 42 60 80 100
g 60 75 60 90 110 150
h 3 3 4 5 5
h3 16 20 20 30 35 30
l1 28 36 36 55 65 110
t 31.3 45.3 45.3 64.4 85.4 106.4
Z 4 4 4 4 8
Y001.230/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

IB3 07.2 – IB3 25.2/IE 07.2 – IE 25.2
Dimensions Output drive type IB3/IE - insulated output drive
for SA 07.1 – SA 25.1/SAR 07.1 – SAR 25.1

GK 10.2 – GK 25.2/GST 10.1 – GST 25.1
Output drive type

ISO 5210 IB3
DIN 3210 IE
g
l1
h3
h
Z x d4
45° offset
for clarity Ø d2
purpose Ø d3
Ø d1
d10
b
1) with intermediate flange for actuator mounting

Dimensions IB3 07.2 IE 07.2 IB3 10.2 IE 10.2 IB3 14.2 IE 14.2 IB3 16.2 IE 16.2 IB3 25.2 IE 25.2
1) 1) 1)
ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F07 F10 G0 F10 G0 F14 G1/2 F16 G3 F25 G4
b JS9 5 6 6 8 12 14
Ø d1 90 125 125 180 210 300
Ø d2 f8 55 70 60 70 60 100 130 200 160
Ø d3 70 102 102 140 165 254
d4 M8 M10 M10 M16 M20 M16
Ø d10 H9 16 20 20 30 40 50
g 60 75 60 90 110 150
h 3 3 4 5 5
h3 16 20 20 30 35 30
l1 28 36 36 55 65 110
t 18.3 22.8 22.8 33.3 43.3 53.8
Z 4 4 4 4 8
Y001.231/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

A 25.2 – A 60.2
Dimensions Output drive stem nut A standard version
for SA 25.1 – SA 48.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1
GHT 320.3 – GHT 1200.3
A6
A 4 = 45
0.2
8.2 ° +
45° 0°
= 6 315
Output drive type
EN ISO 5210 A
°
3)
Flange to actuator for A 60.2: F48 according to EN ISO 5211
Stem nut Flange to gearbox for A 60.2: F60 according to EN ISO 5211
(A 48.2 and A 60.2 with involute splines)
h1
L
h3
h
h
Ø d6
Z x d4
Ø d7
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
F max.1)
1) Permissible axial load

2) For trapezoidal thread according to DIN 103
3) 2 grease nipples
Dimensions A 25.2 A 30.2 A 35.2 A 40.2 A 48.2 A 60.2
EN ISO 5210 (EN ISO 5211) F25 F30 F35 F40 (F48) (F60)
F max. 1) [kN] 380 460 875 1375 2000 4000
Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560 686
Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300 370 470
Ø d3 254 298 356 406 483 603
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36 M36 M36
Ø d6 max. 2) 95 115 155 175 175 180
Ø d7 130 140 200 230 230 230
g 130 160 185 225 270 415
h 5 5 5 8 8 8
h1 70 85 105 129 154 230
h3 20 25 38 45 45 55
L 126 156 180 219 214 367
Z 8 8 8 8 12 20
Weight [kg] 41 68 129 207 237 538
Y003.442/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/1

A 25.2 – A 40.2
Dimensions Output drive stem nut type A extended version
for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1
45°
Output drive type
EN ISO 5210 A
Stem nut
h1
h3
L
h
L6
Z x d4
Ø d6
Ø d7
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
F max.1)

2) For trapezoidal thread according to DIN 103
Dimensions A 25.2 A 30.2 A 35.2 A 40.2
EN ISO 5210 (EN ISO 5211) F25 F30 F35 F40
1)
F max. [kN] 380 460 875 1375
Ø d1 300 350 415 475
Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300
Ø d3 254 298 356 406
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36
2)
Ø d6 max. 95 115 155 175
Ø d7 130 140 200 230
g 130 160 185 225
h 5 5 5 8
h1 70 85 105 129
h3 20 25 38 45
L 190 234 270 328
L6 63 78 90 109
Z 8 8 8 8
Weight [kg] 48 78 150 240
Y001.234/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

D 25.2 – D 40.2
Dimensions output drive type shaft end D
for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1
Output drive type

DIN 3210 D
h3
h
L5
L4
Z x d4
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
d8
b3
t2
1) Without spigot
2) Dimension not according to DIN 3210
Dimensions D 25.2 D 30.2 D 35.2 D 40.2
EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5 F35 G6 F40 G7
Ø d1 300 350 415 415 2) 475
1)
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180 260 220 300
Ø d3 254 298 300 356 406
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36
Ø d8 g7 50 60 80 100
b3 14 18 22 28
h 5 5 5 8
h3 28 30 50 60
L4 110 120 120 150
L5 117 126 125 162
t2 53.5 64 85 106
Z 8 8 8 8
Y001.223/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

DD 25.2 – DD 30.2
Dimensions output drive type DD, shaft end bottom and top
for SA 25.1 – SA 30.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1
L4
Output drive type
A
DIN 3210 DD
h3
h
L4
L5
Z x d4
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
t2
d8
b3
Dimensions SA 25.1 SA 30.1
EN ISO 5210/DIN 3210 F25 G4 F30 G5
A 413 463
b3 14 18
Ø d1 300 350
Ø d2 f8 200 160 230 180
Ø d3 254 298 300
d4 M16 M20
Ø d8 g7 50 60
h 5 5
h3 28 30
L4 110 120
L5 117 126
t2 53,5 64
Z 8 8
Y000.548/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

AF 25.2 – AF 60.2
Dimensions Output drive type AF - with spring loaded stem nut
Output drive type

EN ISO 5210 AF Ø d5
Flange for mounting to

multi-turn actuator/gearbox for AF 60.2:
F48 according to ISO 5211
g
L
h3
h2
h
Ø d6
Z x d4
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
F max.1)
1) permissible axial load

Dimensions AF 25.2 AF 30.2 AF 35.2 AF 40.2 AF 48.2 AF 60.2
EN ISO 5210/EN ISO 5211 F25 F30 F35 F40 F48 F60
F max. [kN] 1) 260 410 700 800 2630 2630
Ø d1 300 350 415 475 560 686
Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300 370 470
Ø d3 254 298 356 406 483 603
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36 M36 M36
Ø d5 88 104 152 180 181 181
Ø d6 max. 85 102 150 175 180 180
g 216 252 315 400 585 585
h 5 5 5 8 7 7
h2 21 25 28 37 59 59
h3 20 25 38 45 50 55
L 142 172 210 258 375 375
Z 8 8 8 8 12 20
Weight [kg] 61 103 180 320 740 780
Y003.026/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

AK 25.2 – AK 40.2
Dimensions Output drive type AK
for SA 25.1 – SA 40.1/SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1

GK 25.2 – GK 40.2/GST 25.1 – GST 40.1
Output drive type

EN ISO 5210 AK
L
g
h3
1° 1°
h
Ø d6 Pendulum motion (max.)

Z x d4
Ø d7
Ø d2
Ø d3
Ø d1
F max.1)

Dimensions AK 25.2 AK 30.2 AK 35.2 AK 40.2
EN ISO 5210 F25 F30 F35 F40
1)
F max. [kN] 380 460 875 1.100
Ø d1 300 350 415 475
Ø d2 f8 200 230 260 300
Ø d3 254 298 356 406
d4 M16 M20 M30 M36
Ø d6 max. 95 115 155 175
Ø d7 128 156 195 240
g 216 252 315 400
h 5 5 5 8
h3 20 25 38 45
L 213 248.5 311 395
Z 8 8 8 8
Weight kg 61 103 180 320
Y001.227/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

7 Spare parts lists
SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1 / SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 208
Actuator controls
AMExC 01.1 KES 210
AMExC 01.1 KP 212
ACExC 01.2 KES 214

ACExC 01.2 KP 216
7. Spare parts lists

Spare parts list
568.2 SAEx 35.1 - SAEx 40.1
568.1 005.0
009.0 Multi-turn actuators
S2 511.0 005.3
S1 SAEx 25.1 - SAEx 40.1
S2 568.3
S2 SAREx 25.1 - SAREx 30.1
080.0
S2 019.0 022.0
539.0
020.0
024.0
005.4
025.0 S2
500.0
005.0
023.0 S1/S2 542.0
005.1 009.0
005.3
S1/S2
S2
070.0 569.0
528.0 S1/S2
018.0 S2 S2
017.0 603.0
S1/S2 005.2 005.4
S2
S2
S2 S2
S1/S2 539.0
605.0
006.0
529.0
533.0 569.1
058.0 569.2
607.0 580.1 514.1

579.0
581.0 003.0
S1/S2
559.0
575.1 514.0
553.0
S2 514.1
500.0 S2
556.1
567.1 558.0 002.0 535.1
566.1
567.1 557.0 549.1
566.2 155.0 549.0
551.1
B1 / C
566.3 556.0
535.1
1.15 A
Y006.102/003/en 566.0 B3 / B4
SAEx 25.1 - SAEx 40.1
SAREx 25.1 - SAREx 30.1
Spare parts list multi-turn actuators
Please state type and order no. of the device (see name plate) when ordering spare parts. Only original AUMA spare parts should be
used. Failure to use original spare parts voids the warranty and exempts AUMA from any liability. Delivered spare parts may slightly
vary from the representation.
Ref. No. Designation Type Ref. No. Designation Type

002.0 Bearing flange Sub-assembly 542.0 Handwheel with ball handle Sub-assembly
003.0 Hollow shaft Sub-assembly 549.0 Output drive B3/B4 Sub-assembly
005.0 Drive shaft 549.1 Output drive sleeve B3/B4 Sub-assembly
005.1 Motor coupling 551.1 Parallel key
005.2 Coupling pin Sub-assembly 553.0 Mechanical position indicator
005.3 Manual drive coupling 556.0 Potentiometer as position transmitter Sub-assembly
005.4 Pull rope Sub-assembly 556.1 Potentiometer without slip clutch Sub-assembly
006.0 Worm wheel 557.0 Heater
Blinker transmitter including pins at wires
009.0 Manual gearing Sub-assembly 558.0 Sub-assembly
(without impulse disc and insulation plate)
Control unit with magnetic limit and torque
017.0 Torque lever Sub-assembly 559.0 transmitter (MWG) for Non-intrusive version in Sub-assembly
combination with AUMATIC integral controls
018.0 Gear segment Sub-assembly 566.0 Position transmitter RWG Sub-assembly
019.0 Crown wheel 566.1 Potentiometer for RWG without slip clutch Sub-assembly
020.0 Swing lever 566.2 Position transmitter board for RWG Sub-assembly
022.0 Drive pinion II for torque switching 566.3 Wire harness for RWG Sub-assembly
023.0 Output drive wheel for limit switching Sub-assembly 567.1 Slip clutch for potentiometer
024.0 Drive wheel for limit switching Sub-assembly 568.1 Stem protection tube (without cap)
025.0 Locking plate Sub-assembly 568.2 Cap for stem protection tube Sub-assembly
058.0 Wire for protective earth Sub-assembly 568.3 V-seal Sub-assembly
070.0 Motor Sub-assembly 569.0 Change-over lever complete Sub-assembly
Planetary gear for motor drive (for AD90
080.0 Sub-assembly 569.1 Change-over lever Sub-assembly
motor)
155.0 Reduction gearing Sub-assembly 569.2 Notched pin Sub-assembly
500.0 Cover Sub-assembly 575.1 Stem nut (without thread) Sub-assembly
511.0 Threaded plug Sub-assembly 579.0 Switch for limit/torque Sub-assembly
514.0 Output drive type A (without stem nut) 580.1 Spacer
514.1 Axial needle roller bearing 581.0 Stud bolt for switches
528.0 Terminal frame (without terminals) Sub-assembly 603.0 Motor connection
529.0 End clamp Sub-assembly 605.0 Frame for electrical connection
533.0 Terminals for motor/controls Sub-assembly 607.0 Cover
535.1 Snap ring Sub-assembly S1 Seal kit, small Set
539.0 Screw plug Sub-assembly S2 Seal kit, large Set
Y006.102/003/en Issue 1.15

Spare parts list
500.0
S1
AUMA MATIC
AMExC 01.1 KES
S1 008.2
008.0
533.0
529.0 008.1
528.0
009.0
006.1 006.0
607.0
006.2
508.0
004.0
002.5
013.0
S1
S1 003.2
S1
573.0
502.0
505.0
506.0 003.1
S1
003.0
535.1
509.1
532.0
002.0
1.14 535.1
Y000.031/002/en
AMExC 01.1 KES
Spare parts list AUMA MATIC
Ref. No. Designation Type

002.0 Local controls Sub-assembly
002.5 Selector switch Sub-assembly
003.0 Signal and control board Sub-assembly
003.1 Primary fuse F1/F2
003.2 Fuse cover
004.0 Carrier for contactors Sub-assembly
006.0 Power supply unit Sub-assembly
006.1 Secondary fuse F3
008.0 Interface board Sub-assembly
008.2 Cover plate for interface board
009.0 Logic board Sub-assembly
013.0 Adapter board Sub-assembly
500.0 Cover Sub-assembly
502.0 Pin carrier without pins Sub-assembly
505.0 Pin for controls Sub-assembly
506.0 Pin for motor Sub-assembly
508.0 Switchgear Sub-assembly
509.1 Padlock
528.0 Terminal frame (without terminals) Sub-assembly
529.0 End clamp
532.0 Cable conduit (actuator connection) Sub-assembly
533.0 Terminals for motor/controls
535.1 Circlip
573.0 Ex plug/socket connector with terminal blocks (KES) Sub-assembly
S1 Seal kit Set
Y000.031/002/en Issue 1.14

Spare parts list
500.0
S1
AUMA MATIC
AMExC 01.1 KP
008.2
008.0
008.1
009.0
006.1 006.0
501.1 006.2
501.2
501.3 508.0
501.4
505.0
506.0
004.0
002.5
S1 013.0
507.0
003.2
S1
S1
501.0 502.0
003.1
S1
003.0
535.1
509.1
532.0
002.0
1.14 535.1
Y000.030/002/en
AMExC 01.1 KP
Spare parts list AUMA MATIC

002.5 Selector switch Sub-assembly
003.0 Signal and control board Sub-assembly
003.1 Primary fuse F1/F2 Sub-assembly
003.2 Fuse cover Sub-assembly
004.0 Carrier for contactors Sub-assembly
008.1 Interface board
008.2 Cover plate for interface board
013.0 Adapter board Sub-assembly
501.0 Ex plug/socket connector with screw-type terminals (KP, KPH) Sub-assembly
501.1 Screw for control terminal
501.2 Washer for control terminal
501.3 Screw for power terminal
501.4 Washer for power terminal
507.0 Cover for electrical connection Sub-assembly
509.1 Padlock
535.1 Circlip
S1 Seal kit Set
Y000.030/002/en Issue 1.14

500.0
Spare parts list
S
508.0
006.0
AUMATIC
510.0 ACExC 01.2 KES
012.0
011.1
009.0
008.1
002.3
002.4
S 002.0
510.0
502.0 S
535.1
S 532.0 509.1
573.0
535.1
505.0
528.0
529.0 506.0
533.0
1.14 607.0
Y005.073/002/en
ACExC 01.2 KES
Spare parts list AUMATIC

002.3 Local controls board Sub-assembly
002.4 Face plate for display
008.1 I/O board
008.1 Fieldbus board Sub-assembly
011.1 Relay board Sub-assembly
012.0 Option board
502.0 Pin carrier without pins
509.1 Padlock Sub-assembly
510.0 Fuse kit Sub-assembly
528.0 Terminal frame (without terminals) Sub-assembly
529.0 End clamp
533.0 Terminals for motor/controls
535.1 Circlip
573.0 Ex plug/socket connector with terminal blocks (KES) Sub-assembly
S Seal kit Set
Y005.073/002/en Issue 1.14

Spare parts list
500.0
S 508.0
AUMATIC
ACExC 01.2 KP
006.0
510.0
012.0
011.1
009.0
008.1
002.3
510.0 002.4
S 002.0
501.2
501.1
S
501.4
502.0
501.3
535.1
S 505.0
506.0
501.0
532.0 509.1
S 535.1
507.0
1.14
Y005.074/002/en
ACExC 01.2 KP
Spare parts list AUMATIC

002.3 Local controls board Sub-assembly
002.4 Face plate for display Sub-assembly
008.1 I/O board Sub-assembly
008.1 Fieldbus board Sub-assembly
011.1 Relay board Sub-assembly
012.0 Option board Sub-assembly
501.0 Ex plug/socket connector with screw-type terminals (KP, KPH) Sub-assembly
501.1 Screw for control terminal
501.2 Washer for control terminal
501.3 Screw for power terminal
501.4 Washer for power terminal
507.0 Cover for electrical connection Sub-assembly
509.1 Padlock
510.0 Fuse kit Set
535.1 Circlip
S Seal kit Set
Y005.074/002/en Issue 1.14

8 Wiring diagrams
Actuators
Wiring diagram code for terminal plans TPA 220
Selection of terminal plans TPA 221
Actuator controls AMExC 01.1

Wiring diagram code MSP for AMExC 01.1 225
Selection of wiring diagrams for AMExC 01.1 226
Legend for wiring diagrams AMExC 01.1 230
Actuator controls ACExC 01.2

Wiring diagram code TPC for AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 232
Selection of wiring diagrams for ACExC 01.2 233
Legend for wiring diagrams AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2 269
8. Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagram code
TPA

Multi-turn actuators SA 07.2 – SA 16.2; SAR 07.2 – SAR 16.2
SA 25.1 – SA 48.1; SAR 25.1 – SAR 30.1
Part-turn actuators SQ 05.2 – SQ 14.2; SQR 05.2 – SQR 14.2
SQEx 05.2 – SQEx 14.2; SQREx 05.2 – SQREx 14.2
SG 05.1 – SG 12.1; SGR 05.1 – SGR 12.1
SGExC 05.1 – SGExC 12.1
Extract of wiring diagram code

Posi- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
tion
Position TPA 0 0 R 1 A A - 1 0 1 - 0 0 0
00 AUMA 3-ph AC motor
1+2 01 AUMA 1-ph AC motor for SA .2/SQ .2
16 1-ph AC motor for SG .1
R Clockwise closing
3
L Counterclockwise closing
1 1 thermoswitch 140 ° C (NC)

4
2 1 Kaltleiter
0 Without torque switches (MWG)
5 A 2 single switches (standard)
B 2 tandem switches
0 Without limit/intermediate switches (MWG)
6 A 2 single switches (standard) for end positions
B 2 tandem switches for end positions
7 - Reserve
0 Without signalling
1 With blinker transmitter

8 With blinker transmitter and manual operation
2
switch
Without blinker transmitter and manual
3
operation switch
0 Without position transmitter
A Precision potentiometer
9 C 1)
Electronic position transmitter 2-wire system (EWG/RWG)
E1) Electronic position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire system (EWG/RWG)
I2) Absolute encode for limit and torque sensing (MWG)
0 Without heater
10 110 V – 250 V (without controls)
1
24 V (with controls)
11 - Reserve
12 – 14 000 Without special units
Notes on table
1) C, E When combined with SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1; SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1, valid for 2-wire RWG 5020 (Ex i) only
2) I Only possible for SAEx 25.1 – SAEx 40.1/SAREx 25.1 – SAREx 30.1 in FM (US) version
Y005.292/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

Terminal plans
TPA
Motor connections
Separate terminal plans are available for DC, brake and two-speed motors.
ATTENTION!
Complete protection of AUMA pot-type motors is only achieved when correctly wiring the thermoswitches, embedded in the winding
3-phase AC motor 1-phase AC motor 1-phase AC motor with

TPA00R... (TP.../...) for SG 05.1 – SG 12.1 integral operating capacitor
TPA16R... (1TP.../...) TPA01R... (60TP.../...)
Rechtslauf/Clockwise rotation
Linkslauf/Counterclockwise rotation
1-phase AC motor 115 V AC with integral 1-phase AC motor 230 V AC with integral
start-up capacitor and start-up contact start-up capacitor and start-up contact
TPA02R... (61TP.../...) TPA03R... (62TP.../...)
S1 DSR Torque switch, closing, clockwise rotation

S2 DOEL Torque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S1/2 DSR1 Torque switch in tandem arrangement with DSR/DOEL (TSC/TSO)
S2/2 DOEL1
S3 WSR Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotation
S4 WOEL Limit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S3/2 WSR1 Limit switch in tandem arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S4/2 WOEL1
S6 WDR Limit switch, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions, adjustable
S7 WDL
S6/2 WDR1 Limit switch, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions in tandem arrangement with WDR/WDL (LSA/LSB), adjustable
S7/2 WDL1
S5 BI Blinker transmitter
S17 HA Handwheel activation switch
F1 TH Thermoswitch (motor protection); thermoswitch as standard for 1-phase and 3-phase motors only. Contacts open at 140 °C
and close automatically once they have cooled down.
B1 IWG Inductive position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire system
B2 EWG/RWG Electronic position transmitter 3-wire or 4-wire system
B3 IWG Inductive position transmitter 2-wire system
B4 EWG/RWG Electronic position transmitter 2-wire system
R1 H Heater in switch compartment
R2 f1 Potentiometer
R2/2 f2 Potentiometer in tandem arrangement with R2
R3- PTC1 PTC thermistor (motor protection)
R4 H Motor heater
Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 1/4

Terminal plans
TPA
TPA00R1AA-001-000 (KMS TP100/001) TPA00R2AA-001-000 (KMS TP200/001)
TPA00R1AA-101-000 (KMS TP110/001) TPA00R2AA-101-000 (KMS TP210/001)
TPA00R1AA-3A1-000
TPA00R1AA-0E1-000 (KMS TP104/001)
TPA00R1AA-1E1-000 (KMS TP114/001)
Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 2/4

Terminal plans
TPA
TPA00R2AA-0EA-000 (KMS TP204/009)
TPA00R1AA-0C1-000 (KMS TP140/001)
TPA00R1BA-101-000 (KMS TP110/101)
TPA00R1AB-101-000 (KMS TP110/201)
TPA00R1AF-101-000 (KMS TP110/211)
Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 3/4

Terminal plans
TPA
TPA00R1BB-0H1-000 (KMS TP104/341)
TPA00R1BH-001-A30 (KMS 9TP100/331)
TPA00R1AH-101-A30 (KMS 9TP110/231)
Y004.786/003/en Issue 2.14 Page 4/4

AMExC 01.1
Wiring diagram code

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Position MSP E 3 1 0 K C 3 - - F F 8 E C
1 Housing
E Basic version
D AM on wall bracket
2 Connector type, connector version
3 Plug/socket connector (basic version)
3 Motor type
1 3-phase AC motor
4 Control version
0 Interface board in basic version
7 In combination with positioner
- Fieldbus
5 Input signals of interface board
K Alternatively remote commands OPEN - STOP - CLOSE/OPEN - CLOSE
0 In combination with positioner or fieldbus
6 Output signals of interface board
C Potential-free end position signal OPEN - CLOSE and signal
LOCAL - REMOTE - COLLECTIVE FAULT SIGNAL
0 In combination with positioner or fieldbus
7 Input level at interface board
3 Alternatively internal/external control voltage 24 V DC
- Input level in combination with positioner or fieldbus
8 Programming of control logic and blinker transmitter
- Standard
1 Profibus DP
7 Modbus RTU
9 Power supply unit
- Standard
10 Switchgear
F Reversing contactors
3 Thyristor unit for AUMA power classes B1/B2
11 Selector switch
F Selector switch with reset impulse Ex PTC tripping device (2nd level)
G Selector switch with reset impulse Ex PTC tripping device (3rd level)
12 Control elements
8 Push-buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE and indication light OPEN – FAULT – CLOSED
13 Heater and blinker transmitter
E Basic version heater
14 Motor protection
C Basic version motor protection evaluation (PTC thermistor with tripping device)
Y005.541/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

AMExC 01.1
Wiring diagram selection
The short designations (AMExC1 etc). are "descriptive" numberings.

The following listed wiring diagrams can be provided with KP electrical connection
AMExC1: Basic version

Reversing contactors, OPEN - STOP - CLOSE (24 V DC)
MSPE310KC3--FF8EC TPA00R2AA-101-000
AMExC2: With position feedback signal (0/4 – 20mA) internally supplied (EWG/RWG within actuator)
MSPE310KC3--FF8EC TPA00R2AA-1E1-000
AMExC1W: Basic version on wall bracket
MSPD310KC3--FF8EC TPA00R2AA-101-000
Y005.539/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

Code: AMExC1
Code: AMExC2
Code: AMExC1W
AMExC 01.1
Legend for AUMA MATIC
Legend for actuator

S1 DSR Torque switch, closing, clockwise rotation
S2 DOEL Torque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S3 WSR Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotation
S4 WOEL Limit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S1/2 DSR 1 Torque switches
S2/2 DOEL 1 in tandem arrangement with DSR/DOEL (TSC/TSO)
S3/2 WSR 1 Limit switches
S4/2 WOEL 1 in tandem arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S4/3 WOEL 2 in triple arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S4/4 WOEL 3 in quadruple arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S5 BL Blinker transmitter
S6 WDR Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions,
S7 WDL adjustable
S6/2 WDR 1 Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions
S7/2 WDL 1 in tandem arrangement with WDR/WDL (LSA/LSB)
B1/B2 EWG/RWG 3- or 4-wire system/electronic position transmitter
IWG 3- or 4-wire system/inductive position transmitter
B3/B4 EWG/RWG 2-wire system/electronic position transmitter
IWG 2-wire system/inductive position transmitter
F1 TH Thermoswitches
F1/2 TH Thermoswitches (signalisation)
R2 f1 Potentiometer
R2/2 f2 Potentiometer in tandem arrangement with R 2
R2/3 f3 Potentiometer in triple arrangement with R 2
R3 PTC 1 PTC thermistor
R3/2 PTC 2 PTC thermistor (indication)
R4 H Motor heater

A1.0 Interface board
K5 - 8 Output contact; running indication via output contacts (opening and closing) in combination with blinker (S5) and
signal board for running indication (A91)
A1.1 Special interface board
A1.6 Timer board
R10 Direction OPEN, pause time
R11 Direction OPEN, running time
R12 Direction CLOSE, pause time
R13 Direction CLOSE, running time
A1.8 Profibus board, Modbus board
A2 Logic board
K9 Output contact/collective fault
A4 Overvoltage protection thyristors
A5 Thyristor board
A7 Positioner board
A8 Power supply board
F3, F4 Secondary fuses
A9 REMOTE change-over MANUAL-AUTOMATIC
A9.1 External release of local operation
Y004.399/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/2

AMExC 01.1
A11 Thermistor tripping board

A13 Bus connection board
A13.1 Profibus DP and PTC tripping device
A13.2 Profibus DP and PTC tripping device and reset contact
A17 Galvanic isolator
A20/A21 Signal and control board
S11/S11/2 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE
S11/3 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE 3rd level with spring return for test/reset/PTC tripping device
S12.1 Push button OPEN
S12.2 Push button STOP
S12.3 Push button CLOSE
S12.5 Push button EMERGENCY - STOP
H1 Indication light CLOSE
H2 Indication light OPEN
H3 Indication light FAULT
K3, K4 Control relay for reversing contactors
F1, F2 FF fuse for semiconductors
A22 Galvanic isolator and REMOTE change-over MANUAL-AUTOMATIC
A24 Board for storing the collective fault signal 3 s
A25 Signal and control board with EMERGENCY-STOP
A32 Overvoltage board for Profibus/Modbus
A33 External change-over LOCAL-REMOTE, without selector switch
A35 Heater monitoring
A66 REMOTE change-over for MANUAL-BUS
A67 Profibus with electronic blinker
A88 Heater system board
A91 K10, K11 Signal board for running indication
Output contacts for running indication (NC and NO) in combination with blinker (S5)
B5 Adjustment board for position transmitter
CB Capacitor (1 to 3 pieces)
F1‘, F2‘ Primary fuses for power supply
F7 Thermal overload relay
K1, K2 Reversing contactors
Q1 Disconnect switch
Q2 Motor protection switch
R5 Heater in AUMA MATIC
U1 - U4 Semiconductors (thyristors)
V14 LED, (phase sequence), phase failure, motor protection tripped
V15 LED, torque switch operated in mid-travel
V21 Stepping mode active in direction CLOSE
V22 Stepping mode active in direction OPEN
V35 LED, command CLOSE available from control room
V36 LED, command OPEN available from control room
V37 LED, command STOP available from control room
V38 LED, command EMERGENCY available from control room
XK Customer connection
XA Connection to actuator
XM Connection for AUMA MATIC (wall bracket)
Y004.399/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 2/2

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2
Wiring diagram code

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Position I/O interface TPC A - 0 A 1 - 1 C 1 - A 0 0 0
Profibus DP TPC A A 0 0 0 - 1 A 1 - A 0 0 0
1. Controls type
A AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2
2. Interface to the distributed control system
- I/O interface
A Profibus DP
C Modbus RTU
I HART Connection Type: Actuator
3. Analogue inputs
0 Ohne
1 4 – 20 mA for positioner
A With 2 free analogue inputs
4. Digital inputs
A CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY
B With positioner: MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY
0 Without
1 With 4 free digital inputs
2 With 6 inputs: MODE; CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY,
I/O interface
5. Output contacts, position and torque feedback signals (0/4 – 20 mA)
1 5 NO contacts, 1 change-over contact, positon feedback signal
torque feedback signal (in combination with MWG)
0 Without
6. Additional equipment
- Without
7. Local controls
1 Push buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET, selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE, display, 5
indication lights
8. Auxiliary voltage for supply of digital inputs
A Without
C 24 V DC
9. Switchgear
1 Reversing contactors max. AUMA power class A3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC
motor)
2 Thyristors max. AUMA power class A3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with 3-phase AC motor)
4 Thyristors with additional tripping max. AUMA power class A3 (refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 with
3-phase AC motor)
10. Motor protection evaluation
- Thermoswitches (standard for AC 01.2), refer to wiring diagram TPA
1 Thermoswitch with thermal overload relay
- PTC thermistors with tripping device (standard for ACExC), refer to TPA terminal plan
11. Heater
A Internally supplied within the switch compartment of the actuator
12. - 14. Control elements
000 Without
Y005.293/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/1

ACExC 01.2
The short designations (A1 etc.) are descriptive numberings.
I/O interface
A1: With position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator), basic version
Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCA-0A1-1C1-AA20 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A2: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),
Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable output
contacts1)
TPCA-1B1-1C1-AA20 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A3: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),
Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCA-1B1-1C4-AA20 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCA-1B1-1C5-AA20 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A1N: With position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCA-0A1-1C1-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A2N: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCA-1B1-1C1-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A3N: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCA-1B1-1C4-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCA-1B1-1C5-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A4N: With PID process controller and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY (24 V DC), setpoint (0/4 – 20 mA), actual value (0/4 – 20 mA),6 pro-
grammable output contacts1)
TPCA-2B1-1C4-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
A5N: With position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Reversing contactors CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, INTERLOCK CLOSE, INTERLOCK OPEN, 6 programmable output
contacts1)
TPCA-0D1-1C1-AA20 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
Profibus DP
A2DP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version
Reversing contactors, Profibus
TPCAA000-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class A1 – A33)
A3DP: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)
Thyristors2), Profibus
TPCAA000-1A4-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAA000-1A5-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A2NDP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)
Reversing contactors, Profibus
TPCAA000-1A1-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A3NDP: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)
Thyristors2), Profibus
TPCAA000-1A4-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAA000-1A5-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)

Y005.360/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 1/2

ACExC 01.2
Profibus DP combined with I/O interface

A4DP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version
Reversing contactors MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCAA121-1C1-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A5DP: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),
Thyristors2) MODE, ZU, AUF, HALT, NOT, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCAA121-1C4-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAA121-1C5-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A4NDP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
TPCAA121-1C1-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A5NDP: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
TPCAA121-1C4-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAA121-1C5-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power class B33)
Modbus RTU
A2MB: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator), basic version
Reversing contactors, Modbus
TPCAC000-1A1-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A3MB: With position feedback (potentiometer in actuator)
Thyristors2), Modbus
TPCA-1B1-1C2-A000 TPA00R1AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAC000-1A5-A410 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A2NMB: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)
Reversing contactors, Modbus
TPCAC000-1A1-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A3NMB: With position/torque feedback (MWG in actuator)
Thyristors2), Modbus
TPCAC000-1A4-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power class B1/B23)
TPCAC000-1A5-A410 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power class 33)
Modbus RTU combined with I/O interface

A4MB: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer within actuator), basic version
TPCAC121-1C1-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A5MB: With positioner and position feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (potentiometer in actuator),
Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCAC121-1C4-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAC121-1C5-A460 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000, AUMA power class B33)
A4NMB: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
TPCAC121-1C1-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes A1 – A33)
A5NMB: With positioner and position/torque feedback signal 0/4 – 20 mA (MWG in actuator)
Thyristors2) MODE, CLOSE, OPEN, STOP, EMERGENCY, I/O (24 V DC), 6 programmable output contacts1)
TPCAC121-1C4-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B1/B23)
TPCAC121-1C5-A460 TPA00R200-0I1-000, AUMA power classes B33)
1) Standard assignment: Collective fault, end position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE,
torque fault OPEN
2) Thyristor unit (recommended for modulating actuators)
3) Refer to Electrical data SA .2/SAR .2 and SQ .2/SQR .2 with 3-phase AC motors
Y005.360/003/en Issue 1.14 Page 2/2

Code: A1
Code: A2
Code: A3
Code: A3
Code: A1N
Code: A2N
Code: A3N
Code: A3N
Code: A4N
Code: A5N
Code: A2DP
Code: A3DP
Code: A3DP
Code: A2NDP
Code: A3NDP
Code: A3NDP
Code: A4DP
Code: A5DP
Code: A5DP
Code: A4NDP
Code: A5NDP
Code: A5NDP
Code: A2MB
Code: A3MB
Code: A3MB
Code: A2NMB
Code: A3NMB
Code: A3NMB
Code: A4MB
Code: A5MB
Code: A5MB
Code: A4NMB
Code: A5NMB
Code: A5NMB
AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2
Legend AUMATIC

K1 - 6 Output contacts
K7 - K12 Output contacts
A1.8 Fieldbus board
A2 Logic board
A4 Overvoltage protection thyristors
R1 - R4 Varistors
A9 Local controls
S1 Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE
S2 Push button OPEN
S3 Push button STOP
S4 Push button CLOSE
S5 Push button RESET
V1 - V5 Indication lights
V6 Bluetooth
LCD Graphic display
A13 Fieldbus connection board
A32 Overvoltage protection board for fieldbus
A52 Control board
F5 Fuse (for external supply 24 V DC)
A52.1 Option board
A58 Power supply unit
F3, F4 Secondary fuses
A88 Heater system board
A88.1 Motor heater fuse
A90 WirelessHART Adapter
B2/B4 EWG/RWG Electronic position transmitter
B6 MWG Magnetic limit and torque transmitter
F1, F2 Primary fuses for power supply
F1 TH Thermoswitches
F7 Thermal overload relay
K0 Contactor for all-pole disconnection of thyristors
K1, K2 Reversing contactors
Q1 Disconnect switch
Q2 Motor protection switch
R2 f1 Potentiometer
R2/2 f2 Potentiometer in tandem arrangement with R2
R3 PTC1 PTC thermistor
R4 H Motor heater
R5 H Heater in AUMATIC
S0 EMERGENCY stop button (latching)
S1 TSC Torque switch, closing, clockwise rotation
S2 TSO (DOEL) Torque switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S3 LSC (WSR) Limit switch, closing, clockwise rotation
S4 LSO (WOEL) Limit switch, opening, counterclockwise rotation
S1/2 DSR 1 Torque switches
S2/2 DOEL 1 in tandem arrangement with DSR/DOEL (TSC/TSO)
Y004.869/003 Issue 2.14 Page 1/2

AC 01.2/ACExC 01.2
Legend AUMATIC

S4/2 WOEL 1 in tandem arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S4/3 WOEL 2 in triple arrangement with WSR/WOEL (LSC/LSO)
S6 WDR Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions,
S7 WDL adjustable
S6/2 WDR 1 Limit switches, DUO, for 2 intermediate positions
S7/2 WDL 1 in tandem arrangement with WDR/WDL (LSA/LSB)
S17 HA Handwheel activation switch
XK Customer connection
XA Actuator connection
Y004.869/003 Issue 2.14 Page 2/2

ACExC
01.2 Actuator controls. KX AUMA
KS . Selector switch LOCAL - OFF - Grafic LC display
REMOTE . (lockable in all three positions) KS . Interlock . Bluetooth class II
AUMA ToolSuite . Chip AUMA CDT Profi- IP 68 . Finish coating: Powder paint . KX
bus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . Explosion protection Standard: II2G Ex de IIC T4 or T3 II2D Ex tb IIIC T130 °C
or T190 °C Db IP6x. Option: II2G Ex d IIC T4 . DEKRA 11ATEX0008 X . Thyristor-unit . Category III according
to IEC 60364-4-443 . PTB 01 ATEX 1119 . IP 68 . Pg-threads, NPT-threads, G-threads. 380 to 500 V AC = max.
pp
250 mA . approx. g Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA . IP 68 . Chip
12 kg. p AUMA CDT . Bluetooth class II chip,p, version 2.0
with a range up to 10 m in industrial environments . Supports the SPP Bluetooth profile (Serial Port Profile) . KX
Interlock . Overvoltage category: Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443 . 6 programmable output contacts:
5 potential-free NO contacts with one common, max. 250 V AC, 1 A (resistive load), default configuration: End
position CLOSED, end position OPEN, selector switch REMOTE, torque fault CLOSE, torque fault OPEN, 1 poten-
tial-free change-over contact, max. 250 V AC, 5 A (resistive load), default configuration: Collective fault signal
(torque fault, phase failure, motor protection tripped) . TPCA-0A1-1C1-A000 TPA00R2AA-0A1-000 . Finish
coating: Powder paint . PID controller . Standard voltages: 3-phase AC current voltages/frequencies.
Volt 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, 480, 500 . Hz 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 50.
1-phase AC current (SGExC only). voltages/frequencies.
SAEx 07.2, SAEx 10.2, SAEx 14.2, SAEx 16.2 Graphicc Display . Ex de IIC T4 or
ACExC 01.2 T3 II2D Exx tb
t IIIC T130 °C or T190 °C
AUMA Riester GmbH & Co. KG Multi-turn actuators for modulating Actuator controls . Push Db IP6x. OpOptions: II2G Ex d IIC T4 or T3
duty with 3-phase AC motors . IP 68 buttons OPEN, STOP, CLOSE, RESET . Selectorr switch
s LOCAL - OFF - REMOTE
Aumastr. 1 Weight approx. 22 kg . DEKRA (lockable in all three positions) . 380 to 500 V AC = max. 250 mA . Chip AUMA CDT
Profibus DP 0/4 – 20 mA. Thyristor unit. Categoryy III I according IEC 60364-4-443 . KX
D-79379 Muellheim 11 ATEX 0008 X. Min. 15 [Nm]. IP 68 . Bluetooth Class II . Permissible variationn of
o mains voltage: ±10 %. Permissible
Tel +49 7631-809-0 Max. 710 [Nm]. Finish coating: variation of mains voltage: ±30 % (option) . AUMA . Permissible variation of mains
frequency: ±5 %. Weight approx. 12 kg. Explosion
Exp protection Standard: II2G Ex de
Powder paint. Blinking signal via IIC T4 or T3 II2D Ex tb IIIC T130 °C or T T190 °C Db IP6x . Option: II2G Ex d
Fax +49 7631-809-1250 controls. Reduction ratio 11:1 8:1 IIC T4 or T3. KS KX KX-G. EMERGENCY CY operation, programmable
info@auma.com Max. Ø rising. stem 26 mm. AUMA. behaviour . AUMA . Graphical LC Display.
IP 68. Local Stop . PTB 01 ATEX
ATE
TEX 1119.
Handwheel Ø 160 mm . Motor protection: PTC External supply of the e electronics
e
thermistors (according to DIN 44082). KX-G. (option) 24 V DC +20 %/–15 %.
DEKRA 11ATEX0
11ATEX0008
X0008 X . KS.
AUMA subsidiaries or representatives 12,5 – 25 W . Insulation class . Standard: F, Mounting position:
po Any
are implanted in more than 70 countries. For tropicalized. Option: H, tropicalized. position . T
Thyristor unit
PTC thermistors additionally require a AUMA plplug/socket con-
detailed contact information, please refer to suitable tripping device in the controls. necto
nector
ctor KP with screw-
type terminals.
ter
erminals. KS KX KX-G
www.auma.com Valve attachment Standard: B1 according to EN 5210 . Options: IP 688 . Ambient temperature
A, B2, B3, B4 according to EN ISO 5210. A, B, D, E according to DIN 3210. C according Standard: –20 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C
SAEx 07.2, SAEx 10.2,SAEx 14.2,
to DIN 3338. AUMA. Overvoltage category: Category III according to IEC 60364-4-443. SAEx 16.2 Multi-turn actuators for
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6: 2 g, from 10 Hz to 200 Hz. Explosion n modulating duty with 3-phase AC motors
IP 68 . Weight approx. 22 kg . Reduction
protection Standard: II2G Ex de IIC T4 or T3. II2G c IIC T4 or T3 II2D Ex tb IIIC T130°C C ratio 11:1 8:1 . Max. Ø rising. stem 26 [mm]
or T190 °C Db IP6x. Options: II2G Ex d IIC T4 or T3. II2G c IIC T4 or T3. KS KX KX-G. KX-G G. AUMA . Min. 15 [Nm] . Max. 710 [Nm] . KS
EC type examination certificate DEKRA 11 ATEX 0008 X . AUMA . Type of duty KX-G . Handwheel Ø 160 mm . Category III
according to IEC 60364-4-443. AUMA . KS
P 68. Standard: Intermittent duty S4-25 %. Option: Intermittent duty
IP Explosion
xplosion protection Standard: II2G Ex de
Exp
S4-50 %. For nominal voltage and 40 °C ambient temperature and at IIC T44 or T3 II2G c IIC T4 or T3 . II2D Ex tb IIIC
T1 °C or T190 °C Db IP6x . Options: II2G
T130
modulating torque load . Pollution degree 4 (when closed) according Ex d IIC T4 or T3. II2G c IIC T4 or T3. KX-G
to EN 50178 . KS KX KX-G . Ambient temperature Standard: –40 °C Intermittent duty S4 - 25 %. IP 68
to +40 °C/+60 °C. Motors 3-ph AC asynchronous motor, type IM B9 Valve attachment Standard:
B1 according to EN 5210.
according to IEC 60034. AUMA. Enclosure protection according to Options: A, B2, B3, B4
EN 60529: IP 68 . Mounting position: Any position . Standard: according to EN 5210 A,
Ex plug/socket connector with screw-type B, D, E according to DIN
3210. C according to
terminals (KP). Use Indoor DIN 3338
and outdoor
Subject to changes without notice. The product features and technical data provided do not express or imply any warranty. Y006.535/003/en/1.16 Certificate Registration No.
12 100/104 4269

Valvula Auma de by Pass PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Valvula Auma de by Pass PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ELECTRIC MULTI-TURN ACTUATORS

We reserve the right to alter data according to improvements made.

Please refer to our website: www.auma.com to access

1 Technical data Actuators 5

2 Technical data Actuator controls 17

3 Technical data Miscellaneous 75

4 Electrical data Actuators 101

5 Dimensions Actuators/Actuator controls 183

6 Dimensions Output drive types 193

7 Spare parts lists 207

8 Wiring diagrams 219

for open-close duty

for modulating duty

for open-close and modulating duty

Features and functions

Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/4

Further voltages on request

Electromechanical control unit

Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/4

Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 3/4

Y003.721/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 4/4

Features and functions

Further voltages on request

Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 1/3

Insulation class Standard: F, tropicalized

Electromechanical control unit

Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 2/3

Ambient temperature Standard: -30 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C

Y003.723/003/en Issue 3.15 Page 3/3

Y004.367/003/en Issue 1.15 Page 1/1

Y004.568/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

Type Output Torque Permissible Hand- Hand-

Y006.677/003/en Issue 2.15 Page 1/1

AMExC Actuator controls

ACExC 01.2 SIL 58

Technical data Actuator controls

Features and functions

Special voltages AC:

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %

Permissible voltage deviation: (on request)

Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/3

Technical data Actuator controls

Status signals Standard: 5 output contacts with gold-plated contacts:

Further options for version with electronic position transmitter in actuator

Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/3

Technical data Actuator controls

Ambient temperature Standard: –40 °C to +40 °C/+60 °C

Y000.914/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/3

Technical data Actuator controls

Features and functions

Special voltages AC:

Permissible variation of mains voltage: ±10 %

Permissible voltage deviation: (on request)

Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 1/5

Technical data Actuator controls

Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 2/5

Technical data Actuator controls

Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 3/5

Technical data Actuator controls

Diagnostic function  Electronic device ID with order and product data

Further options for version with MWG in actuator

Y005.203/003/en Issue 1.16 Page 4/5

Technical data Actuator controls